Official Paper

SSC CPO 2024 Official Paper-II (Held On: 08 Mar, 2025) (Previous Year Paper)

200 questions · 120 minutes · with answers · free

English language & Comprehension (200 questions)

In the following passage, some words have been deleted. Read the passage carefully and select the most appropriate option to fill in each blank.

Located 10 miles off Scotland’s north-eastern coast, the Orkney islands are a treasure trove of history. When I visited one of Orkney’s famous prehistoric (1), the Maeshowe tomb, my first impression was of an unremarkable green mound (2)____ by a ditch. Despite its appearance, this 5,000-year-old (3)____ place is actually a masterpiece of (4)_______ design and engineering, and a testament (5)____ the skill of Orkney’s prehistoric residents. That’s because, (6)______ around three weeks either side of the winter solstice (which takes (7)______ on 21 or 22 December each year), visitors have the chance to see something truly magical (8)_____ here. During this time of year, the narrow passage into the (9)______ becomes more than just an entrance: it was deliberately designed (10)______ with the setting of the midwinter sun. Just as the last rays start to disappear – which is at around 15:10 at this deepest, darkest time of midwinter – a shaft of light creeps down the passageway, slips across the floor of the tomb and illuminates the back wall like a golden, glowing doorway to another world

1

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 1.

  1. ((a))

    sights

  2. ((b))

    sites

  3. ((c))

    scenes

  4. ((d))

    seats

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

sites

The correct answer is 'sites'.

Key Points

  • The blank appears after the adjective 'prehistoric' and before a specific place name, the Maeshowe tomb, indicating that the noun should refer to a physical location of historical significance.
  • 'Sites' means locations where something (such as a building, town, or monument) is, was, or will be situated, especially those of archaeological importance.
  • The phrase 'prehistoric sites' is a standard collocation used to describe places containing remnants of ancient civilisations or structures.
  • The other options do not accurately convey the idea of a physical location holding historical remains; they refer to views, attractions, or furniture.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 2'.

Complete Passage: Located 10 miles off Scotland’s north-eastern coast, the Orkney islands are a treasure trove of history. When I visited one of Orkney’s famous prehistoric sites*, the Maeshowe tomb, my first impression was of an unremarkable green mound* surrounded by a ditch. Despite its appearance, this 5,000-year-old burial place is actually a masterpiece of ancient design and engineering, and a testament to the skill of Orkney’s prehistoric residents. That’s because, for around three weeks either side of the winter solstice (which takes place on 21 or 22 December each year), visitors have the chance to see something truly magical occur here. During this time of year, the narrow passage into the tomb becomes more than just an entrance: it was deliberately designed to align with the setting of the midwinter sun. Just as the last rays start to disappear – which is at around 15:10 at this deepest, darkest time of midwinter – a shaft of light creeps down the passageway, slips across the floor of the tomb and illuminates the back wall like a golden, glowing doorway to another world.

Additional Information

  • Sights (दर्शनीय स्थल): Refers to places of interest visited by tourists. While 'prehistoric sights' is understandable, 'sights' is a general term for attractions and does not specifically denote the physical ground where ancient structures lay, unlike 'sites'.
  • Scenes (दृश्य): Refers to a view, a sequence of action, or a landscape. It is a visual concept rather than a designation of a specific archaeological location.
  • Seats (सीटें): Refers to furniture for sitting or places in a governing body, making it completely out of context for describing a prehistoric tomb.

The correct option is sites because it precisely identifies a location of historic and archaeological significance, which is exactly what the passage describes when referencing the Maeshowe tomb.

2

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 2.

  1. ((a))

    surround

  2. ((b))

     surrounding

  3. ((c))

    surrounded

  4. ((d))

    surrounds

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

surrounded

The correct answer is 'surrounded'.

Key Points

  • The blank requires a past participle to complete the passive construction describing the mound: it is a green mound which is surrounded by a ditch.
  • Here, the phrase "surrounded by" means enclosed or encircled by something, which fits the description of the mound having a ditch around it.
  • Option 1, "surround", is the base form and would be grammatically incorrect after be in a passive construction unless helped by another verb form.
  • Option 2, "surrounding", is a present participle and would suggest an active meaning, not the passive sense required here.
  • Option 4, "surrounds", is third-person singular present and would turn the phrase into an active clause, which does not fit the sentence structure.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 3'.

Complete Passage: Located 10 miles off Scotland’s north-eastern coast, the Orkney islands are a treasure trove of history. When I visited one of Orkney’s famous prehistoric (1) sites, the Maeshowe tomb, my first impression was of an unremarkable green mound (2) surrounded by a ditch. Despite its appearance, this 5,000-year-old (3) burial place is actually a masterpiece of (4) ancient design and engineering, and a testament (5) to the skill of Orkney’s prehistoric residents. That’s because, (6) for around three weeks either side of the winter solstice (which takes (7) place on 21 or 22 December each year), visitors have the chance to see something truly magical (8) occur here. During this time of year, the narrow passage into the (9) tomb becomes more than just an entrance: it was deliberately designed (10) to align with the setting of the midwinter sun. Just as the last rays start to disappear – which is at around 15:10 at this deepest, darkest time of midwinter – a shaft of light creeps down the passageway, slips across the floor of the tomb and illuminates the back wall like a golden, glowing doorway to another world

Additional Information

  • "Surround" is a verb meaning to be all around someone or something, but as a base form it cannot directly complete be + past participle construction.
  • "Surrounding" is used as an adjective meaning nearby or encircling, yet the sentence requires a passive-ed form after the implied being.
  • "Surrounds" is a singular present form and would require a subject performing the action, changing the intended meaning.
3

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 3

  1. ((a))

    burying

  2. ((b))

    burry

  3. ((c))

    buried

  4. ((d))

    burial

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

burial

The correct answer is 'burial'.

Key Points

  • The blank requires an appropriate noun or adjective to modify the noun 'place' to describe the nature of the Maeshowe tomb.
  • The term 'burial place' is a common compound noun (or noun-noun collocation) used to refer to a location where bodies are interred, such as a grave or a tomb.
  • In the context of the passage, the Maeshowe tomb is specifically identified as a location for interring the dead 5,000 years ago, making 'burial' the most accurate fit.
  • Other options like 'burying', 'burry', or 'buried' do not form the standard idiomatic expression used to designate such a site in formal or archaeological English.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 4'.

Complete Passage: Located 10 miles off Scotland’s north-eastern coast, the Orkney islands are a treasure trove of history. When I visited one of Orkney’s famous prehistoric sites, the Maeshowe tomb, my first impression was of an unremarkable green mound surrounded by a ditch. Despite its appearance, this 5,000-year-old burial place is actually a masterpiece of ancient design and engineering, and a testament to the skill of Orkney’s prehistoric residents. That’s because, for around three weeks either side of the winter solstice (which takes place on 21 or 22 December each year), visitors have the chance to see something truly magical occur here. During this time of year, the narrow passage into the tomb becomes more than just an entrance: it was deliberately designed to align with the setting of the midwinter sun. Just as the last rays start to disappear - which is at around 15:10 at this deepest, darkest time of midwinter - a shaft of light creeps down the passageway, slips across the floor of the tomb and illuminates the back wall like a golden, glowing doorway to another world.

Additional Information

  • Burying: This is the present participle or gerund of the verb 'bury'. While it refers to the act, it is not used as a descriptor for the location itself in the phrase 'burying place' as frequently or formally as 'burial place'.
  • Burry: This is an adjective meaning full of burrs (prickly seed-cases) or having a rough surface, which is irrelevant to a tomb.
  • Buried: This is the past participle. While a place can be buried, the phrase 'buried place' would mean the entire location is underground, whereas 'burial place' defines the function of the site.
4

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 4.

  1. ((a))

    chronological

  2. ((b))

    historical

  3. ((c))

    antiquated

  4. ((d))

    ancient

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

ancient

The correct answer is 'ancient'.

Key Points

  • The blank requires an adjective to describe the design and engineering of a 5,000-year-old structure.
  • "Ancient" refers to something belonging to the very distant past and no longer in existence, typically used for early civilizations (like those from 5,000 years ago).
  • In the context of the Orkney islands and the Maeshowe tomb, which date back to prehistoric times, "ancient" is the most precise and natural collocation to describe its architectural design.
  • The passage already mentions "prehistoric" multiple times, making "ancient" the appropriate thematic fit to emphasize the age and sophistication of the tomb.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 4'.

Complete Passage: Located 10 miles off Scotland’s north-eastern coast, the Orkney islands are a treasure trove of history. When I visited one of Orkney’s famous prehistoric sites (1), the Maeshowe tomb, my first impression was of an unremarkable green mound surrounded (2) by a ditch. Despite its appearance, this 5,000-year-old burial (3) place is actually a masterpiece of ancient (4) design and engineering, and a testament to (5) the skill of Orkney’s prehistoric residents. That’s because, for (6) around three weeks either side of the winter solstice (which takes place (7) on 21 or 22 December each year), visitors have the chance to see something truly magical occur (8) here. During this time of year, the narrow passage into the tomb (9) becomes more than just an entrance: it was deliberately designed to align (10) with the setting of the midwinter sun. Just as the last rays start to disappear - which is at around 15:10 at this deepest, darkest time of midwinter - a shaft of light creeps down the passageway, slips across the floor of the tomb and illuminates the back wall like a golden, glowing doorway to another world.

Additional Information

  • Chronological: Refers to the arrangement of events in the order of their occurrence in time. It does not describe the quality of design.
  • Historical: Refers to something belonging to the past or the study of history. While the tomb is historical, "ancient" more accurately reflects the extreme age (5,000 years).
  • Antiquated: Usually carries a negative connotation meaning old-fashioned, outdated, or no longer useful. It is inappropriate for describing a "masterpiece" of engineering.
5

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 5.

  1. ((a))

    at

  2. ((b))

    by

  3. ((c))

    on

  4. ((d))

    to

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

to

The correct answer is 'to'.

Key Points

  • The sentence structure requires a preposition that collocations with the noun 'testament' to connect it to the object (the skill of the residents).
  • In English, the standard prepositional phrase used is 'a testament to'.
  • A 'testament to' something means that it serves as clear evidence or proof of a particular fact, event, or quality.
  • In this context, the Maeshowe tomb serves as evidence or proof (a testament) of the advanced skills possessed by Orkney’s prehistoric residents.
  • Prepositions like 'at', 'by', or 'on' do not form this idiomatic expression and would be grammatically incorrect in this context.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 4'.

Complete Passage: Located 10 miles off Scotland’s north-eastern coast, the Orkney islands are a treasure trove of history. When I visited one of Orkney’s famous prehistoric sites, the Maeshowe tomb, my first impression was of an unremarkable green mound surrounded by a ditch. Despite its appearance, this 5,000-year-old burial place is actually a masterpiece of ancient design and engineering, and a testament to the skill of Orkney’s prehistoric residents. That’s because, for around three weeks either side of the winter solstice (which takes place on 21 or 22 December each year), visitors have the chance to see something truly magical occur here. During this time of year, the narrow passage into the tomb becomes more than just an entrance: it was deliberately designed to align with the setting of the midwinter sun. Just as the last rays start to disappear - which is at around 15:10 at this deepest, darkest time of midwinter - a shaft of light creeps down the passageway, slips across the floor of the tomb and illuminates the back wall like a golden, glowing doorway to another world.

Additional Information

  • At: Generally used to indicate a specific point in space or time (e.g., at the door, at 5 PM).
  • By: Often used to indicate agency in passive voice or proximity (e.g., written by him, by the river).
  • On: Used for surfaces or specific days/dates (e.g., on the table, on Monday).
6

 Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 6.

  1. ((a))

    with

  2. ((b))

    about

  3. ((c))

    in

  4. ((d))

    for

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

for

The correct answer is 'for'.

Key Points

  • The blank requires a preposition that can express a duration of time or a specific period.
  • In English, the preposition 'for' is used to indicate a period of time (e.g., for three weeks, for two years).
  • The passage mentions a specific duration: 'around three weeks'. Therefore, 'for' is the grammatically correct choice to show how long the event lasts.
  • Using 'for' here connects the timeframe to the occurrence of the winter solstice phenomenon.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 4'.

Complete Passage: Located 10 miles off Scotland’s north-eastern coast, the Orkney islands are a treasure trove of history. When I visited one of Orkney’s famous prehistoric 1. sites, the Maeshowe tomb, my first impression was of an unremarkable green mound 2. surrounded by a ditch. Despite its appearance, this 5,000-year-old 3. burial place is actually a masterpiece of 4. ancient design and engineering, and a testament 5. to the skill of Orkney’s prehistoric residents. That’s because, 6. for around three weeks either side of the winter solstice (which takes 7. place on 21 or 22 December each year), visitors have the chance to see something truly magical 8. occur here. During this time of year, the narrow passage into the 9. tomb becomes more than just an entrance: it was deliberately designed 10. to align with the setting of the midwinter sun. Just as the last rays start to disappear - which is at around 15:10 at this deepest, darkest time of midwinter - a shaft of light creeps down the passageway, slips across the floor of the tomb and illuminates the back wall like a golden, glowing doorway to another world.

Additional Information

  • With: Usually denotes accompaniment or the instrument used for an action; it does not denote a period of time.
  • About: Can mean 'approximately', but it is not typically used to introduce a fixed duration of time in this specific structural context (preceding the length of time).
  • In: Generally used for specific points in time (months, years, seasons) but not for a span/duration like 'three weeks' in this context.
7

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 7.

  1. ((a))

    room

  2. ((b))

    abode

  3. ((c))

    place

  4. ((d))

    home

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

place

The correct answer is 'place'.

Key Points

  • The blank is part of the fixed phrasal verb expression 'takes place'.
  • 'Take place' is a common idiom meaning to happen or to occur, especially regarding an event that is scheduled or happens naturally at a specific time.
  • In the context of the passage, the winter solstice is a celestial event that occurs or happens on a specific date (21 or 22 December).
  • The other options ("room", "abode", "home") do not form a meaningful or grammatically standard idiomatic expression with the verb 'takes' to describe the occurrence of an event.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 3'.

Complete Passage: Located 10 miles off Scotland’s north-eastern coast, the Orkney islands are a treasure trove of history. When I visited one of Orkney’s famous prehistoric sites, the Maeshowe tomb, my first impression was of an unremarkable green mound surrounded by a ditch. Despite its appearance, this 5,000-year-old burial place is actually a masterpiece of ancient design and engineering, and a testament to the skill of Orkney’s prehistoric residents. That’s because, for around three weeks either side of the winter solstice (which takes place on 21 or 22 December each year), visitors have the chance to see something truly magical occur here. During this time of year, the narrow passage into the tomb becomes more than just an entrance: it was deliberately designed to align with the setting of the midwinter sun. Just as the last rays start to disappear - which is at around 15:10 at this deepest, darkest time of midwinter - a shaft of light creeps down the passageway, slips across the floor of the tomb and illuminates the back wall like a golden, glowing doorway to another world.

Additional Information

  • Room: Space that can be occupied or where something can be done. It does not fit the context of an event occurring.
  • Abode: A place of residence; a house or home. It is used to describe where someone lives, not when an event happens.
  • Home: The place where one lives permanently. Like 'abode', it refers to a residential location and has no idiomatic connection to the verb 'takes' in this context.
8

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 8.

  1. ((a))

    retire

  2. ((b))

    perform

  3. ((c))

    occur

  4. ((d))

    arise

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

occur

The correct answer is 'occur'.

Key Points

  • The blank requires a verb that describes a phenomenon or an event taking place.
  • The word "occur" means to happen or take place, especially of an incident or event. In the context of the passage, it refers to the "magical" event of light entering the tomb during the winter solstice.
  • The structure "see something... occur" is grammatically sound, where 'occur' acts as a bare infinitive following the verb of perception 'see'.
  • Other options like "retire" (to leave one's job or go to bed), "perform" (to carry out a task or act), and "arise" (to emerge or get up) do not fit the context of a natural or astronomical event happening at a specific location.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 3'.

Complete Passage: Located 10 miles off Scotland’s north-eastern coast, the Orkney islands are a treasure trove of history. When I visited one of Orkney’s famous prehistoric sites, the Maeshowe tomb, my first impression was of an unremarkable green mound surrounded by a ditch. Despite its appearance, this 5,000-year-old burial place is actually a masterpiece of ancient design and engineering, and a testament to the skill of Orkney’s prehistoric residents. That’s because, for around three weeks either side of the winter solstice (which takes place on 21 or 22 December each year), visitors have the chance to see something truly magical occur here. During this time of year, the narrow passage into the tomb becomes more than just an entrance: it was deliberately designed to align with the setting of the midwinter sun. Just as the last rays start to disappear - which is at around 15:10 at this deepest, darkest time of midwinter - a shaft of light creeps down the passageway, slips across the floor of the tomb and illuminates the back wall like a golden, glowing doorway to another world.

Additional Information

  • Retire: Means to withdraw to or from a particular place; typically used for sleep or ending a professional career.
  • Perform: To execute or carry out an action or piece of work; usually requires a conscious agent (like a person).
  • Arise: To come into existence or to stand up. While similar to occur, "occur" is the more standard choice for events happening at a specific time and place.
9

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 9.

  1. ((a))

    memorial

  2. ((b))

    graveyard

  3. ((c))

    grave

  4. ((d))

    tomb

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

tomb

The correct answer is 'tomb'.

Key Points

  • The passage describes a 5,000-year-old prehistoric structure in Orkney known as Maeshowe.
  • The word 'tomb' is explicitly mentioned earlier in the passage ("...the Maeshowe tomb...") to identify the structure.
  • In the context of the sentence, "the narrow passage into the tomb" refers back to the specific burial structure being discussed.
  • A 'tomb' is an enclosure for a corpse cut in stone or a large structure above ground for burial, which fits the description of a prehistoric mound with a passageway.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 4'.

Complete Passage: Located 10 miles off Scotland’s north-eastern coast, the Orkney islands are a treasure trove of history. When I visited one of Orkney’s famous prehistoric sites, the Maeshowe tomb, my first impression was of an unremarkable green mound surrounded by a ditch. Despite its appearance, this 5,000-year-old burial place is actually a masterpiece of ancient design and engineering, and a testament to the skill of Orkney’s prehistoric residents. That’s because, for around three weeks either side of the winter solstice (which takes place on 21 or 22 December each year), visitors have the chance to see something truly magical occur here. During this time of year, the narrow passage into the tomb becomes more than just an entrance: it was deliberately designed to align with the setting of the midwinter sun. Just as the last rays start to disappear - which is at around 15:10 at this deepest, darkest time of midwinter - a shaft of light creeps down the passageway, slips across the floor of the tomb and illuminates the back wall like a golden, glowing doorway to another world.

Additional Information

  • Memorial: A structure established to remind people of a person or event; it does not necessarily contain a body or a passage.
  • Graveyard: An area of land (usually near a church) where many people are buried; it refers to the whole grounds, not a single structure with a passage.
  • Grave: A hole dug in the ground to receive a corpse; it is generally simpler and smaller than the engineered structure described here.
10

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 10.

  1. ((a))

    aligning

  2. ((b))

    align

  3. ((c))

    to align

  4. ((d))

    aligned

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

to align

The correct answer is 'to align'.

Key Points

  • The blank requires the correct verb form to complete the purpose of the design mentioned in the sentence.
  • The construction 'designed + to-infinitive' is the standard English structure used to express the purpose or intention of an object or action.
  • 'To align' correctly expresses that the passage was constructed for the specific purpose of lining up with the midwinter sun.
  • The other options like 'aligning', 'align', or 'aligned' do not fit the grammatical requirement of expressing purpose following the passive verb 'was designed'.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 3'.

Complete Passage: Located 10 miles off Scotland’s north-eastern coast, the Orkney islands are a treasure trove of history. When I visited one of Orkney’s famous prehistoric 1. sites, the Maeshowe tomb, my first impression was of an unremarkable green mound 2. surrounded by a ditch. Despite its appearance, this 5,000-year-old 3. burial place is actually a masterpiece of 4. ancient design and engineering, and a testament 5. to the skill of Orkney’s prehistoric residents. That’s because, 6. for around three weeks either side of the winter solstice (which takes 7. place on 21 or 22 December each year), visitors have the chance to see something truly magical 8. occur here. During this time of year, the narrow passage into the 9. tomb becomes more than just an entrance: it was deliberately designed 10. to align with the setting of the midwinter sun. Just as the last rays start to disappear - which is at around 15:10 at this deepest, darkest time of midwinter - a shaft of light creeps down the passageway, slips across the floor of the tomb and illuminates the back wall like a golden, glowing doorway to another world.

Additional Information

  • Aligning: This is the present participle form, typically used in continuous tenses or as a gerund, which does not fit the purpose-oriented structure here.
  • Align: This is the base form, which cannot follow the past participle 'designed' without the infinitive marker 'to'.
  • Aligned: This is the past participle/past tense form. Using it would create a redundant or grammatically broken structure ('designed aligned').

In the following passage, some words have been deleted. Read the passage carefully and select the most appropriate option to fill in each blank.

<br>

Air India showcased its first A350 to the world on Thursday (18 January) at the Begumpet Airport in Hyderabad as part of the ongoing air show Wings 2024. The first aircraft of a (1)__________ of 20 arrived on 23 December 2023 from Toulouse in France and was (2)__________ for the first time on 18 January. Five more (3)__________ premium passenger aircrafts are scheduled (4)__________ by March this year. This makes Air India (5)__________ first Indian carrier to be operating the A350.

Commercial operations for the same are scheduled to begin (6)__________ 22 January later this month.

With the induction of the A350, Air India is (7)__________ to overhaul its image and service to the passengers.

The A350 comes equipped (8)__________ a powerful and fuel-efficient Rolls-Royce Trent xwb engine. Once you (9)__________ inside the aircraft, you can immediately (10)__________ the three-class cabin configuration: business, premium economy and economy spread across 316 seats.

11

Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank no. 1.

  1. ((a))

    batch

  2. ((b))

    gang

  3. ((c))

    team

  4. ((d))

    flock

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

batch

The correct answer is 'batch'.

Key Points

  • The sentence refers to the first aircraft out of a specific group or set of 20 aircraft ordered or produced.
  • The noun 'batch' is used to describe a quantity or number of things coming at one time or being dealt with together. In the context of industrial production or procurement (like aircraft), it is the standard collective noun.
  • The phrase 'a batch of 20' correctly indicates a defined set or consignment of planes.
  • Other options like 'gang', 'team', and 'flock' are inappropriate as they refer to people or animals, not inanimate objects like airplanes.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 1'.

Complete Passage: Air India showcased its first A350 to the world on Thursday (18 January) at the Begumpet Airport in Hyderabad as part of the ongoing air show Wings 2024. The first aircraft of a 1. batch of 20 arrived on 23 December 2023 from Toulouse in France and was 2. showcased for the first time on 18 January. Five more 3. such premium passenger aircrafts are scheduled 4. to arrive by March this year. This makes Air India 5. the first Indian carrier to be operating the A350. Commercial operations for the same are scheduled to begin 6. on 22 January later this month. With the induction of the A350, Air India is 7. hoping to overhaul its image and service to the passengers. The A350 comes equipped 8. with a powerful and fuel-efficient Rolls-Royce Trent xwb engine. Once you 9. step inside the aircraft, you can immediately 10. see the three-class cabin configuration: business, premium economy and economy spread across 316 seats.

Additional Information

  • Gang: Generally used for a group of criminals or a group of laborers.
  • Team: Used for a group of players or people working together for a common goal.
  • Flock: Used for a group of birds or sheep.
12

Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank no. 2.

  1. ((a))

    showcase

  2. ((b))

    showcased

  3. ((c))

    showcasing

  4. ((d))

    showcases

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

showcased

The correct answer is 'showcased'.

Key Points

  • The sentence structure "was + [verb]" indicates that the sentence is in the passive voice.
  • In the passive voice, the auxiliary verb 'be' (in this case, 'was') must be followed by the past participle (V3) form of the main verb.
  • Among the given options, 'showcased' is the past participle form of the verb 'showcase'.
  • The context refers to a past event (18 January) where the aircraft was being presented or displayed to the public.
  • Therefore, 'showcased' correctly completes the grammatical structure and the meaning of the sentence.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 2'.

Complete Passage: Air India showcased its first A350 to the world on Thursday (18 January) at the Begumpet Airport in Hyderabad as part of the ongoing air show Wings 2024. The first aircraft of a 1. batch of 20 arrived on 23 December 2023 from Toulouse in France and was 2. showcased for the first time on 18 January. Five more 3. such premium passenger aircrafts are scheduled 4. to arrive by March this year. This makes Air India 5. the first Indian carrier to be operating the A350. Commercial operations for the same are scheduled to begin 6. on 22 January later this month. With the induction of the A350, Air India is 7. hoping to overhaul its image and service to the passengers. The A350 comes equipped 8. with a powerful and fuel-efficient Rolls-Royce Trent xwb engine. Once you 9. step inside the aircraft, you can immediately 10. see the three-class cabin configuration: business, premium economy and economy spread across 316 seats.

Additional Information

  • Showcase (V1): The base form of the verb, used for simple present tense or with modal verbs.
  • Showcasing (V4): The present participle/gerund form, used for continuous tenses or as a noun.
  • Showcases (V1 + s): The third-person singular present tense form.
13

Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank no. 3.

  1. ((a))

    such

  2. ((b))

    as

  3. ((c))

    same

  4. ((d))

    so

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

such

The correct answer is 'such'.

Key Points

  • The sentence refers back to the A350 aircraft mentioned previously in the passage.
  • The word "such" is used as a determiner to refer to something of the type or quality already mentioned. In this context, it refers to more aircraft of the same type/model (A350) as the first one.
  • The phrase "Five more such premium passenger aircrafts" effectively means "Five more aircraft like the one just described."
  • Other options like "as", "same" (which would usually require 'the'), and "so" do not grammatically fit the structure of modifying the noun phrase "premium passenger aircrafts" in this specific way.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 1'.

Complete Passage: Air India showcased its first A350 to the world on Thursday (18 January) at the Begumpet Airport in Hyderabad as part of the ongoing air show Wings 2024. The first aircraft of a 1. batch of 20 arrived on 23 December 2023 from Toulouse in France and was 2. showcased for the first time on 18 January. Five more 3. such premium passenger aircrafts are scheduled 4. to arrive by March this year. This makes Air India 5. the first Indian carrier to be operating the A350. Commercial operations for the same are scheduled to begin 6. on 22 January later this month. With the induction of the A350, Air India is 7. hoping to overhaul its image and service to the passengers. The A350 comes equipped 8. with a powerful and fuel-efficient Rolls-Royce Trent xwb engine. Once you 9. step inside the aircraft, you can immediately 10. see the three-class cabin configuration: business, premium economy and economy spread across 316 seats.

Additional Information

  • Such (ऐसा/इस प्रकार का): Used to refer back to the kind or degree of something already mentioned.
  • Same (वही/समान): Usually preceded by 'the' and followed by a noun, but in this specific construction, 'such' is the standard way to denote similar items in a series.
  • As (जैसा): Typically used for comparisons or as a conjunction, it cannot modify the noun aircrafts in this position.
  • So (इसलिए/इतना): Often used as an adverb or conjunction, it does not function as a determiner for a noun in this context.
14

Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank no. 4.

  1. ((a))

    to arrive

  2. ((b))

    arrival

  3. ((c))

    arriving

  4. ((d))

    arrived

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

to arrive

The correct answer is 'to arrive'.

Key Points

  • The sentence uses the structure 'be scheduled + to-infinitive' to express a planned future event.
  • The verb 'scheduled' is commonly followed by the to-infinitive form (to + base form of the verb) when indicating that something is set to happen at a particular time.
  • In this context, the premium passenger aircrafts are planned or set to arrive by March this year.
  • Other options like 'arrival' (noun), 'arriving' (present participle), and 'arrived' (past participle) do not grammatically complete the construction 'scheduled + [infinitive]' in this sentence.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 1'.

Complete Passage: Air India showcased its first A350 to the world on Thursday (18 January) at the Begumpet Airport in Hyderabad as part of the ongoing air show Wings 2024. The first aircraft of a 1. batch of 20 arrived on 23 December 2023 from Toulouse in France and was 2. showcased for the first time on 18 January. Five more 3. such premium passenger aircrafts are scheduled 4. to arrive by March this year. This makes Air India 5. the first Indian carrier to be operating the A350. Commercial operations for the same are scheduled to begin 6. on 22 January later this month. With the induction of the A350, Air India is 7. hoping to overhaul its image and service to the passengers. The A350 comes equipped 8. with a powerful and fuel-efficient Rolls-Royce Trent xwb engine. Once you 9. step inside the aircraft, you can immediately 10. see the three-class cabin configuration: business, premium economy and economy spread across 316 seats.

Additional Information

  • Arrival: This is a noun referring to the act of arriving, which does not fit the verbal slot required after 'scheduled'.
  • Arriving: This is a gerund or present participle; while used in continuous tenses, it does not follow 'scheduled' in this passive-like future arrangement structure.
  • Arrived: This is the past tense or past participle, which would imply the action has already been completed, contradicting the future timeline of 'March this year'.
15

Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank no. 5.

  1. ((a))

    the

  2. ((b))

    an

  3. ((c))

    a

  4. ((d))

    one

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

the

The correct answer is 'the'.

Key Points

  • The blank requires an appropriate article or determiner to precede the phrase 'first Indian carrier'.
  • In English grammar, ordinal numbers (such as first, second, third, etc.) are almost always preceded by the definite article 'the' when they are used as adjectives to identify a specific item in a sequence.
  • The phrase 'the first' specifies a unique position that Air India holds in the context of operating the A350 aircraft in India.
  • Options like 'a' and 'an' are indefinite articles and are not used with unique ordinal rankings. 'One' is a cardinal number and does not fit the grammatical requirement before the ordinal 'first' in this context.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 1'.

Complete Passage: Air India showcased its first A350 to the world on Thursday (18 January) at the Begumpet Airport in Hyderabad as part of the ongoing air show Wings 2024. The first aircraft of a 1. batch of 20 arrived on 23 December 2023 from Toulouse in France and was 2. showcased for the first time on 18 January. Five more 3. such premium passenger aircrafts are scheduled 4. to arrive by March this year. This makes Air India 5. the first Indian carrier to be operating the A350. Commercial operations for the same are scheduled to begin 6. on 22 January later this month. With the induction of the A350, Air India is 7. hoping to overhaul its image and service to the passengers. The A350 comes equipped 8. with a powerful and fuel-efficient Rolls-Royce Trent xwb engine. Once you 9. step inside the aircraft, you can immediately 10. see the three-class cabin configuration: business, premium economy and economy spread across 316 seats.

Additional Information

  • A/An: Used for non-specific, singular countable nouns. 'An' is used before vowel sounds.
  • The: Used for specific or unique nouns, or when a noun has been mentioned before, and specifically with superlative degrees and ordinals.
  • One: A number used to denote a single unit, but it cannot replace the definite article required by the word 'first' in this superlative/ordinal structure.
16

Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank no. 6.

  1. ((a))

    to

  2. ((b))

    on

  3. ((c))

    at

  4. ((d))

    in

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

on

The correct answer is 'on'.

Key Points

  • The sentence refers to a specific date, '22 January', when the commercial operations are scheduled to begin.
  • In English grammar, the preposition 'on' is used before specific days and dates (e.g., on Monday, on 22 January, on my birthday).
  • The context specifies a precise calendar date for the commencement of flights, making 'on' the grammatically correct choice.
  • Other prepositions like 'at' are used for specific times, 'in' is used for months or years, and 'to' indicates direction or destination, none of which fit the requirement for a specific date here.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 2'.

Complete Passage: Air India showcased its first A350 to the world on Thursday (18 January) at the Begumpet Airport in Hyderabad as part of the ongoing air show Wings 2024. The first aircraft of a 1. batch of 20 arrived on 23 December 2023 from Toulouse in France and was 2. showcased for the first time on 18 January. Five more 3. such premium passenger aircrafts are scheduled 4. to arrive by March this year. This makes Air India 5. the first Indian carrier to be operating the A350. Commercial operations for the same are scheduled to begin 6. on 22 January later this month. With the induction of the A350, Air India is 7. hoping to overhaul its image and service to the passengers. The A350 comes equipped 8. with a powerful and fuel-efficient Rolls-Royce Trent xwb engine. Once you 9. step inside the aircraft, you can immediately 10. see the three-class cabin configuration: business, premium economy and economy spread across 316 seats.

Additional Information

  • At: Used for a point in time (e.g., at 5:00 PM, at midnight).
  • In: Used for unspecific times during a day, month, season, or year (e.g., in the morning, in January, in 2024).
  • To: Usually indicates movement or a limit (e.g., from Monday to Friday).
17

Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank no. 7.

  1. ((a))

    hoping

  2. ((b))

    believing

  3. ((c))

    supposing

  4. ((d))

    accepting

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

hoping

The correct answer is 'hoping'.

Key Points

  • The sentence discusses Air India's objective or aspiration following the induction of the new A350 aircraft.
  • "Hoping" is the present participle of 'hope', which means to want something to happen or be true and have some reason to believe that it will. In this context, the airline wants and expects to improve its brand image and service quality.
  • The structure "is hoping to" followed by an infinitive ("to overhaul") correctly expresses a future goal or intention of the organization.
  • Other options like "supposing" (assuming), "believing" (accepting as true), or "accepting" (consenting to receive) do not fit the context of striving for a positive change or transformation.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 1'.

Complete Passage: Air India showcased its first A350 to the world on Thursday (18 January) at the Begumpet Airport in Hyderabad as part of the ongoing air show Wings 2024. The first aircraft of a 1. batch of 20 arrived on 23 December 2023 from Toulouse in France and was 2. showcased for the first time on 18 January. Five more 3. such premium passenger aircrafts are scheduled 4. to arrive by March this year. This makes Air India 5. the first Indian carrier to be operating the A350. Commercial operations for the same are scheduled to begin 6. on 22 January later this month. With the induction of the A350, Air India is 7. hoping to overhaul its image and service to the passengers. The A350 comes equipped 8. with a powerful and fuel-efficient Rolls-Royce Trent xwb engine. Once you 9. step inside the aircraft, you can immediately 10. see the three-class cabin configuration: business, premium economy and economy spread across 316 seats.

Additional Information

  • Overhaul: To examine thoroughly and repair or improve something.
  • Induction: The formal act or process of introducing something new into service.
  • Believing: Focuses on conviction of truth rather than a desire for a specific future outcome.
18

Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank no. 8.

  1. ((a))

    in

  2. ((b))

    with

  3. ((c))

    for

  4. ((d))

    to

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

with

The correct answer is 'with'.

Key Points

  • The sentence discusses the features of the A350 aircraft, specifically its engine.
  • The verb 'equipped' is almost always followed by the preposition 'with' when describing the tools, components, or features provided to a person or thing.
  • The phrase 'equipped with' means to be supplied with the necessary items for a particular purpose.
  • In this context, the A350 aircraft is supplied/fitted with a Rolls-Royce Trent xwb engine.
  • Other prepositions like 'in', 'for', or 'to' do not form the correct phrasal combination with 'equipped' to denote a feature or component.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 2'.

Complete Passage: Air India showcased its first A350 to the world on Thursday (18 January) at the Begumpet Airport in Hyderabad as part of the ongoing air show Wings 2024. The first aircraft of a 1. batch of 20 arrived on 23 December 2023 from Toulouse in France and was 2. showcased for the first time on 18 January. Five more 3. such premium passenger aircrafts are scheduled 4. to arrive by March this year. This makes Air India 5. the first Indian carrier to be operating the A350. Commercial operations for the same are scheduled to begin 6. on 22 January later this month. With the induction of the A350, Air India is 7. hoping to overhaul its image and service to the passengers. The A350 comes equipped 8. with a powerful and fuel-efficient Rolls-Royce Trent xwb engine. Once you 9. step inside the aircraft, you can immediately 10. see the three-class cabin configuration: business, premium economy and economy spread across 316 seats.

Additional Information

  • Equip for: Usually refers to preparing someone or something for a specific purpose or task (e.g., equipped for the journey).
  • Equipped in: This is rarely used, except perhaps when referring to being dressed in a specific type of gear, but 'with' remains the standard preposition for features.
19

Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank no. 9.

  1. ((a))

    step

  2. ((b))

    forward

  3. ((c))

    skip

  4. ((d))

    advance

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

step

The correct answer is 'step'.

Key Points

  • The sentence describes the action of entering the interior of an aircraft to observe its cabin configuration.
  • The verb 'step' used with the preposition 'inside' forms a common phrasal movement meaning to enter a physical space or vehicle.
  • In this context, 'step inside' is the most natural way to describe a passenger or visitor entering the plane.
  • The other options do not fit grammatically or contextually: 'forward' is an adverb/direction, 'skip' implies a jumping motion, and 'advance' is too formal and usually doesn't take 'inside' in this manner.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 1'.

Complete Passage: Air India showcased its first A350 to the world on Thursday (18 January) at the Begumpet Airport in Hyderabad as part of the ongoing air show Wings 2024. The first aircraft of a 1. batch of 20 arrived on 23 December 2023 from Toulouse in France and was 2. showcased for the first time on 18 January. Five more 3. such premium passenger aircrafts are scheduled 4. to arrive by March this year. This makes Air India 5. the first Indian carrier to be operating the A350. Commercial operations for the same are scheduled to begin 6. on 22 January later this month. With the induction of the A350, Air India is 7. hoping to overhaul its image and service to the passengers. The A350 comes equipped 8. with a powerful and fuel-efficient Rolls-Royce Trent xwb engine. Once you 9. step inside the aircraft, you can immediately 10. see the three-class cabin configuration: business, premium economy and economy spread across 316 seats.

Additional Information

  • Forward: Towards the front or a place ahead; it does not function as the primary verb of movement in this sentence structure.
  • Skip: To move along lightly, stepping from one foot to the other with a hop or bounce; inappropriate for entering an aircraft.
  • Advance: To move forward in a purposeful way, often used in military or technical contexts, but less common for the simple act of entering a room or vehicle.
20

Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank no. 10.

  1. ((a))

    see

  2. ((b))

    watch

  3. ((c))

    look

  4. ((d))

    get

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

see

The correct answer is 'see'.

Key Points

  • The sentence describes the experience of entering the aircraft and noticing the interior layout.
  • The verb 'see' is used to describe the act of noticing or becoming aware of something using one's eyes as soon as one enters a space.
  • In this context, once a passenger steps inside, the three-class cabin configuration is visible and becomes immediately apparent to them.
  • The other options are less suitable: 'Watch' implies looking at something in motion for a period of time; 'Look' usually requires the preposition 'at' (look at the configuration); and 'Get' does not fit the sense of visual perception required here.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 1'.

Complete Passage: Air India showcased its first A350 to the world on Thursday (18 January) at the Begumpet Airport in Hyderabad as part of the ongoing air show Wings 2024. The first aircraft of a 1. batch of 20 arrived on 23 December 2023 from Toulouse in France and was 2. showcased for the first time on 18 January. Five more 3. such premium passenger aircrafts are scheduled 4. to arrive by March this year. This makes Air India 5. the first Indian carrier to be operating the A350. Commercial operations for the same are scheduled to begin 6. on 22 January later this month. With the induction of the A350, Air India is 7. hoping to overhaul its image and service to the passengers. The A350 comes equipped 8. with a powerful and fuel-efficient Rolls-Royce Trent xwb engine. Once you 9. step inside the aircraft, you can immediately 10. see the three-class cabin configuration: business, premium economy and economy spread across 316 seats.

Additional Information

  • See: To perceive with the eyes; to be aware of.
  • Watch: To look at or observe attentively over a period of time.
  • Look: To direct one's gaze toward someone or something.
  • Get: To come to have or hold (something); receive.

In the following passage, some words have been deleted. Read the passage carefully and select the most appropriate option to fill in each blank.

Organic farming 1__________ that nature stays clean and rich. If we visit an organic farm, we will notice a 2__________ of animal, bird and insect activity. Research shows that around 30% more wildlife and plants thrive 3__________ ecologically produced fields compared to conventional farming. This is because there are no pesticides, and fertiliser is used 4__________. Covid-19 pandemic has changed the 5__________ of organic food, with the spotlight now on safety and healthy food that is nutritious to build a strong immune system.

21

Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No. 1.

  1. ((a))

    cherish

  2. ((b))

    envy

  3. ((c))

    contradict

  4. ((d))

    ensures

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

ensures

The correct answer is 'ensures'.

Key Points

  • The passage discusses the benefits of organic farming and its positive impact on nature and wildlife.
  • The first sentence establishes a cause-and-effect relationship between organic farming and the maintenance of a clean and rich environment.
  • "Ensures" means to make certain that something shall occur or be the case. In this context, it correctly conveys that organic farming guarantees or secures the cleanliness and richness of nature.
  • The verb must be in the third-person singular form to agree with the singular subject 'Organic farming'.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 4'.

Complete Passage: Organic farming 1. ensures that nature stays clean and rich. If we visit an organic farm, we will notice a 2. buzz of animal, bird and insect activity. Research shows that around 30% more wildlife and plants thrive 3. near ecologically produced fields compared to conventional farming. This is because there are no pesticides, and fertiliser is used 4. far less. Covid-19 pandemic has changed the 5. perception of organic food, with the spotlight now on safety and healthy food that is nutritious to build a strong immune system.

Additional Information

  • Cherish (सँजोना): To protect and care for someone or something lovingly. It does not fit the grammatical or logical flow of how a farming method affects nature.
  • Envy (ईर्ष्या करना): To feel a desire to have a quality, possession, or other desirable attribute belonging to someone else. It is irrelevant to the context.
  • Contradict (खंडन करना): To deny the truth of a statement by asserting the opposite. This would imply organic farming goes against nature staying clean, which is the opposite of the passage's meaning.
22

Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No. 2.

  1. ((a))

    loathe

  2. ((b))

    jog

  3. ((c))

    buzz

  4. ((d))

    sense

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

buzz

The correct answer is 'buzz'.

Key Points

  • The passage describes the vibrant environment of an organic farm and the high level of activity found there.
  • The word 'buzz' is often used metaphorically to describe a state of intense activity, excitement, or a humming sound associated with many moving parts (like insects or birds).
  • In this context, a 'buzz of animal, bird and insect activity' perfectly illustrates that the farm is full of life and movement, which aligns with the subsequent sentence stating that 30% more wildlife thrives there.
  • The other options do not fit the grammatical or contextual requirements of the sentence.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 3'.

Complete Passage: Organic farming 1. ensures that nature stays clean and rich. If we visit an organic farm, we will notice a 2. buzz of animal, bird and insect activity. Research shows that around 30% more wildlife and plants thrive 3. near ecologically produced fields compared to conventional farming. This is because there are no pesticides, and fertiliser is used 4. far less. Covid-19 pandemic has changed the 5. perception of organic food, with the spotlight now on safety and healthy food that is nutritious to build a strong immune system.

Additional Information

  • Loathe: To feel intense dislike or disgust for something. It is a verb and does not make sense as a noun in this phrase.
  • Jog: To run at a steady, gentle pace. It does not describe a general state of wildlife activity.
  • Sense: A faculty by which the body perceives external stimuli, or a feeling. While one might 'sense' activity, the phrase 'a sense of activity' is less common than 'buzz' when describing a thriving ecosystem.
23

Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No. 3.

  1. ((a))

    up

  2. ((b))

    out

  3. ((c))

    downstairs

  4. ((d))

    near

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

near

The correct answer is 'near'.

Key Points

  • The passage compares the presence of wildlife and plants in ecologically produced fields versus conventional farming.
  • Blank 3 requires a preposition or an adverb of place to indicate the location where these plants and animals thrive in relation to the fields.
  • 'Near' is used to indicate proximity or being close to a specific place. In this context, it suggests that wildlife thrives near or within the vicinity of ecologically managed fields.
  • While 'in' might be a more common choice for fields, among the given options ('up', 'out', 'downstairs', 'near'), 'near' is the only grammatically and contextually logical choice to describe a geographical or physical relationship to the fields.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 4'.

Complete Passage: Organic farming 1. ensures that nature stays clean and rich. If we visit an organic farm, we will notice a 2. buzz of animal, bird and insect activity. Research shows that around 30% more wildlife and plants thrive 3. near ecologically produced fields compared to conventional farming. This is because there are no pesticides, and fertiliser is used 4. far less. Covid-19 pandemic has changed the 5. perception of organic food, with the spotlight now on safety and healthy food that is nutritious to build a strong immune system.

Additional Information

  • Up: Indicates a higher position or movement towards a higher level, which is irrelevant to the location of wildlife in fields.
  • Out: Indicates movement away from the inside or being outside, which does not fit the structure 'thrive [blank] fields'.
  • Downstairs: Refers to a lower floor of a building, which is contextually incorrect for a farm or field setting.
24

Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No. 4.

  1. ((a))

    far away

  2. ((b))

    far better

  3. ((c))

    far less

  4. ((d))

    far off

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

far less

The correct answer is 'far less'.

Key Points

  • The passage describes the characteristics of organic farming and why it supports more wildlife compared to conventional farming.
  • The sentence explains that one of the reasons for thriving wildlife is the absence of pesticides and the reduced usage of fertilisers.
  • "Far less" is a comparative phrase used to indicate a significantly smaller amount or degree. In organic farming, synthetic fertilisers are either not used at all or used in very minimal, natural quantities compared to industrial farming.
  • The context requires a quantifier that shows a reduction in the use of chemicals to explain why the environment is cleaner and safer for plants and animals.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 3'.

Complete Passage: Organic farming 1. ensures that nature stays clean and rich. If we visit an organic farm, we will notice a 2. buzz of animal, bird and insect activity. Research shows that around 30% more wildlife and plants thrive 3. near ecologically produced fields compared to conventional farming. This is because there are no pesticides, and fertiliser is used 4. far less. Covid-19 pandemic has changed the 5. perception of organic food, with the spotlight now on safety and healthy food that is nutritious to build a strong immune system.

Additional Information

  • Far away: Refers to a great distance in space; it does not describe the quantity of a substance used.
  • Far better: Means much more effectively or in a superior manner. While organic farming is better, the sentence specifically refers to the amount of fertiliser used.
  • Far off: Refers to a great distance in time or space; it is not suitable for describing the volume of chemical usage.
25

Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No. 5.

  1. ((a))

    argument

  2. ((b))

    evolution

  3. ((c))

    perception

  4. ((d))

    practice

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

perception

The correct answer is 'perception'.

Key Points

  • The passage discusses how the Covid-19 pandemic has shifted people's viewpoints regarding organic food.
  • The appropriate noun should indicate a way of regarding, understanding, or interpreting something; a mental impression.
  • "Perception" fits perfectly here as it refers to the public's view or outlook toward organic food, which has changed due to an increased focus on safety, nutrition, and immunity.
  • The sentence structure "changed the perception of organic food" correctly conveys that the general mindset or attitude of consumers has evolved.

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 3'.

Complete Passage: Organic farming 1. ensures that nature stays clean and rich. If we visit an organic farm, we will notice a 2. buzz of animal, bird and insect activity. Research shows that around 30% more wildlife and plants thrive 3. near ecologically produced fields compared to conventional farming. This is because there are no pesticides, and fertiliser is used 4. far less. Covid-19 pandemic has changed the 5. perception of organic food, with the spotlight now on safety and healthy food that is nutritious to build a strong immune system.

Additional Information

  • Argument: An exchange of diverging or opposite views. It does not fit the context of a general shift in consumer attitude.
  • Evolution: The gradual development of something. While organic farming evolves, the sentence specifically talks about how people see it, making perception more accurate.
  • Practice: The actual application or use of an idea or method. While the practice of buying organic food might increase, the sentence emphasizes the "spotlight" on safety, which relates to a mental shift (perception).

Read the given passage and answer the questions that follow.

In 1600, the East India Company acquired a charter from the ruler of England, Queen Elizabeth I, granting it the sole right to trade with the East. This meant that no other trading group in England could compete with the East India Company. With this charter, the Company could venture across the oceans, looking for new lands from which it could buy goods at a cheap price and carry them back to Europe to sell at higher prices.

The Company did not have to fear competition from other English trading companies. Mercantile trading companies in those days made profit primarily by excluding competition, so that they could buy cheap and sell dear. The royal charter, however, could not prevent other European powers from entering the Eastern markets. By the time the first English ships sailed down the west coast of Africa, round the Cape of Good Hope, and crossed the Indian Ocean, the Portuguese had already established their presence in the western coast of India, and had their base in Goa. In fact, it was Vasco da Gama, a Portuguese explorer, who had discovered this sea route to India in 1498. By the early seventeenth century, the Dutch too were exploring the possibilities of trade in the Indian Ocean. Soon the French traders arrived on the scene.The problem was that all the companies were interested in buying the same things. The fine qualities of cotton and silk produced in India had a big market in Europe. Pepper, cloves, cardamom and cinnamon too were in great demand. Competition amongst the European companies inevitably pushed up the prices at which these goods could be purchased, and this reduced the profits that could be earned. The only way the trading companies could flourish was by eliminating rival competitors. The urge to secure markets, therefore, led to fierce battles between the trading companies.

26

How did Mercantile companies make profit in the 17th century?

  1. ((a))

    They traded with the East

  2. ((b))

    They fought wars with other companies.

  3. ((c))

    They discovered new countries to trade with

  4. ((d))

    They eliminated competition to buy cheap goods and sell them at higher prices

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

They eliminated competition to buy cheap goods and sell them at higher prices

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • According to the passage, Mercantile trading companies in the 17th century made profit primarily by excluding competition.
  • The strategy was to buy goods at a cheap price from the source and sell them at higher prices (sell dear) in the European markets.
  • The text explicitly states that the only way these companies could flourish and maintain high profits was by eliminating rival competitors to prevent them from driving up purchase prices.
  • Therefore, the most accurate description of how they made profit is by eliminating competition to facilitate the cheap-buy/expensive-sell model.

Therefore, the correct answer is 4.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: While they did trade with the East, this describes their location of trade rather than the fundamental mercantile mechanism used to generate profit.
  • Option 2: Fierce battles were a consequence of the urge to secure markets, but the profit itself came from the price difference enabled by lack of competition.
  • Option 3: Discovering new lands was a means to find cheap goods, but the core business model of a mercantile company was based on monopoly and price control.
27

What did East India Company do in India to exclude competition with other European companies?

A. Fought fierce battles with them.

B. Bought goods at higher prices than them.

  1. ((a))

    Both A and B are false 

  2. ((b))

    Both A and B are true

  3. ((c))

    A is true and B is false.

  4. ((d))

    B is true and A is false

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

A is true and B is false.

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • According to the passage, the East India Company and other European powers were interested in buying the same goods like cotton, silk, pepper, cloves, cardamom, and cinnamon.
  • The text states that the only way trading companies could flourish was by eliminating rival competitors, which led to fierce battles between the companies (supporting Statement A).
  • The passage mentions that competition pushed up the prices, which actually reduced the profits. The companies did not buy at higher prices as a strategy to exclude competition; rather, higher prices were a negative consequence of the competition itself.
  • The objective of mercantile companies was to buy cheap and sell dear. Therefore, Statement B is incorrect as a method used to exclude competition.

Therefore, the correct answer is A is true and B is false.

 

Correct Analysis: The urge to secure markets led to fierce battles, while the goal remained buying goods at the lowest possible price to maximize profit.

 

Additional Information

  • Vasco da Gama: A Portuguese explorer who discovered the sea route to India in 1498.
  • Mercantile: A business enterprise that makes profit primarily through trade, buying goods cheap and selling them at higher prices.
  • Charter of 1600: Granted by Queen Elizabeth I, giving the East India Company the sole right to trade with the East from England, but it could not stop other Europeans like the Portuguese, Dutch, and French.
28

Which Europeans came first to India to trade?

  1. ((a))

    The Dutch

  2. ((b))

    The French

  3. ((c))

    The English

  4. ((d))

    The Portuguese

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

The Portuguese

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • According to the passage, the Portuguese were the first Europeans to establish their presence in India.
  • The text mentions that by the time the first English ships arrived, the Portuguese had already established their base in Goa on the western coast of India.
  • It specifically credits Vasco da Gama, a Portuguese explorer, for discovering the sea route to India in 1498.
  • The Dutch and the French arrived later, during the early seventeenth century.

Therefore, the correct answer is The Portuguese.

 

Chronological Order of Arrival (based on the passage): Portuguese (1498) → English (early 1600s) → Dutch (early 17th century) → French.

 

Additional Information

  • The Dutch: They were exploring trade possibilities in the Indian Ocean by the early seventeenth century, following the Portuguese and English.
  • The French: They are mentioned as the last group to arrive on the scene among the four major European trading powers discussed.
  • The English: The East India Company acquired its charter in 1600, but the passage notes the Portuguese were already present in India when the English arrived.
  • Mercantilism: The passage explains that these companies operated on mercantile principles, making profit by excluding competition to buy cheap and sell dear.
29

This passage is mainly about:

  1. ((a))

    the coming of East India Company to India

  2. ((b))

    the discovery of India by Vasco da Gama

  3. ((c))

    the elimination of rivals by different companies

  4. ((d))

    the trading mechanism of the foreign companies

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

the coming of East India Company to India

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • The passage primarily focuses on how the East India Company obtained a royal charter in 1600 from Queen Elizabeth I to establish a monopoly on trade with the East.
  • It describes the arrival of the English ships in the Indian Ocean and the subsequent competition they faced from other European powers like the Portuguese, Dutch, and French.
  • While it mentions the specific goods traded (cotton, silk, spices) and the rivalry between companies, these details serve to explain the context and challenges faced by the East India Company during its initial expansion into India.
  • Therefore, the central theme is the arrival and establishment of the East India Company in the Indian subcontinent.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 1.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2: The discovery of the sea route by Vasco da Gama in 1498 is mentioned as a historical fact to explain the Portuguese presence, but it is not the main subject of the entire passage.
  • Option 3: The elimination of rivals is discussed as a consequence of market competition, but the passage is broader than just the battles; it starts with the legal charter of the English company.
  • Option 4: While the trading mechanism (buy cheap, sell dear) is mentioned, it is used to explain the motivation behind the East India Company's journey rather than being the primary focus.
  • The passage highlights that cotton, silk, pepper, cloves, cardamom, and cinnamon were the major commodities driving this international trade interest.
30

The charter of ‘the sole right to trade with the East’ meant for the East India Company that:

  1. ((a))

    among the English companies, only East India Company could trade in the East

  2. ((b))

    other English companies could trade in the East along with the East India Company

  3. ((c))

    the East India Company could trade in certain specified goods only in the East

  4. ((d))

    no other European company except for the East India Company could trade in the East

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

among the English companies, only East India Company could trade in the East

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • The passage explicitly states that in 1600, the East India Company acquired a charter from Queen Elizabeth I, granting it the sole right to trade with the East.
  • This charter specifically meant that no other trading group in England could compete with the East India Company.
  • The document was a domestic legal instrument issued by the English monarchy, meaning its jurisdiction applied only to English subjects and companies.
  • It did not have the power to stop other European powers (like the Portuguese, Dutch, or French) from trading in the same region, as they were not under the authority of the English crown.

Therefore, the correct answer is among the English companies, only East India Company could trade in the East.

 

Correct Sentence: "This meant that no other trading group in England could compete with the East India Company."

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2: This is incorrect because the charter was exclusive, not inclusive of other English companies.
  • Option 3: The passage mentions that the company looked for new lands to buy goods at a cheap price, but the charter focused on the monopoly of trade rather than specifying a limited list of goods.
  • Option 4: This is incorrect because the passage notes that the royal charter could not prevent other European powers (Portuguese, Dutch, French) from entering the Eastern markets.
  • The presence of Vasco da Gama (Portuguese) in 1498 proves that other Europeans were already established long before the English charter.

Read the given passage and answer the questions that follow.

Rock paintings, which could be four to six thousand years old, have been discovered in a pre-historic cave in the Berinag sub-division of Uttarakhand's Pithoragarh district, an Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) official said.
Eleven human figures, both men and women, can be seen in the cave paintings, the official said.
"The rock paintings seem over four to six thousand years old like the ones first discovered in the Lakhu Udiyar pre-historic caves near Almora in the year 1965," regional archaeological officer in Almora, Chandra Singh Chauhan said.
This is the first cave with rock paintings to be found in the Pithoragarh district, he said.
"Nine such caves in Almora, one in Nainital and three in Garhwal region have been found earlier. They bear testimony to the presence of humans in the Himalayan region in pre-historic times," Chauhan said.
Chauhan said he has received pictures of the rock paintings in the newly discovered cave and will soon visit it to gather more information about them. The cave and the paintings on its walls were discovered by Tarun Mehra, a young adventure tourism entrepreneur.
During a rock climbing expedition, Mehra and his team saw a tunnel-like structure and went inside it out of curiosity.
"When we went inside the cave after discovering it on a hill near PG college Berinag, we were surprised to see rock paintings on its walls in various colours," Mehra said.
A cup mark has also been spotted some 20 feet up the hill, he said. A wild animal has also been depicted below the paintings of the 11 humans on the wall, Mehra said.
"Presence of wide space inside the cave also indicates that it was used by pre-historic human groups as their habitation", he said.

31

The passage is mainly about:

  1. ((a))

    the discovery of prehistoric rock paintings in a cave in Pithoragarh

  2. ((b))

    the prehistoric human beings in Himalayan regions

  3. ((c))

    the rock- climbing expedition of Tarun Mehra

  4. ((d))

    the caves found in Almora, Nainital and Garhwal regions

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

the discovery of prehistoric rock paintings in a cave in Pithoragarh

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • The passage primarily focuses on the discovery of rock paintings in a pre-historic cave located in the Berinag sub-division of Uttarakhand's Pithoragarh district.
  • The opening paragraph clearly introduces the central theme: an Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) official announcing the find of paintings that are estimated to be four to six thousand years old.
  • Subsequent details describe the content of the paintings (eleven human figures and a wild animal) and the circumstances of the discovery by Tarun Mehra during a rock climbing expedition.
  • While other regions and expeditions are mentioned, they serve as supporting context to emphasize the significance and details of the new discovery in Pithoragarh.

Therefore, the correct answer is the discovery of prehistoric rock paintings in a cave in Pithoragarh.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2: While the paintings provide testimony to prehistoric human beings in the Himalayan regions, this is an inference or a broader implication rather than the main subject of the news report.
  • Option 3: The rock-climbing expedition of Tarun Mehra is the method of discovery, but the passage focuses on the result of that expedition (the paintings) rather than the climb itself.
  • Option 4: The caves in Almora, Nainital, and Garhwal are mentioned by regional archaeological officer Chandra Singh Chauhan for comparison and to show the rarity of the find in Pithoragarh.
32

What shows that the cave discovered in Pithoragarh was also used as living space by prehistoric human groups?

  1. ((a))

    The paintings of human beings

  2. ((b))

    The presence of rock paintings in the cave

  3. ((c))

    The presence of wide space in the cave

  4. ((d))

    A cup mark

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

The presence of wide space in the cave

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • According to the passage, the newly discovered cave in the Berinag sub-division of Pithoragarh district contains several features, but its use as a living space is specifically linked to its physical layout.
  • The text explicitly states that the presence of wide space inside the cave indicates it was used by pre-historic human groups as their habitation.
  • The discovery was made by Tarun Mehra, an adventure tourism entrepreneur, who noted the spacious interior during his expedition.
  • Therefore, the physical capacity/space of the cave is the evidence for it being a residential site, rather than just the artwork itself.

Therefore, the correct answer is 3.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1 & 2: While the 11 human figures and rock paintings prove the presence and artistic activity of humans, the passage specifically attributes the 'habitation' (living space) aspect to the wide space.
  • Option 4: A cup mark was spotted some 20 feet up the hill, but it is mentioned as a separate archaeological feature rather than proof of living space.
  • The paintings are estimated to be four to six thousand years old, similar to those found in Lakhu Udiyar in 1965.
33

Which of the following is NOT a part of the paintings found in the cave in Pithoragarh?

  1. ((a))

    Wild animal

  2. ((b))

    Female figures

  3. ((c))

    Cup mark

  4. ((d))

    Male figures

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Cup mark

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • According to the passage, the rock paintings discovered in the Berinag sub-division of Pithoragarh district include eleven human figures.
  • The official statement mentions that these figures consist of both men (male figures) and women (female figures).
  • Additionally, Tarun Mehra noted that a wild animal has also been depicted below the paintings of the 11 humans on the wall.
  • Regarding the cup mark, the text clarifies that it was spotted some 20 feet up the hill, rather than being a part of the actual paintings found inside the cave.
  • Therefore, the cup mark is the element that is NOT a part of the cave paintings.

Therefore, the correct answer is Cup mark.

 

Additional Information

  • Wild animal: The passage explicitly states that a wild animal was depicted below the human figures on the wall.
  • Male and Female figures: The official confirmed the presence of eleven human figures, comprising both genders, within the cave paintings.
  • Location: The discovery was made near PG College Berinag by an adventure tourism entrepreneur named Tarun Mehra.
  • Historical Significance: These paintings are estimated to be four to six thousand years old and serve as testimony to prehistoric human habitation in the Himalayan region.
34

Where were the first caves found with paintings in Uttarakhand?

  1. ((a))

    Almora

  2. ((b))

    Pithoragarh

  3. ((c))

    Garhwal

  4. ((d))

    Nainital

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Almora

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • According to the passage, the rock paintings discovered in Berinag (Pithoragarh) are compared to the ones first discovered in the Lakhu Udiyar pre-historic caves.
  • The official, Chandra Singh Chauhan, explicitly states that these first paintings were discovered near Almora in the year 1965.
  • While the recent discovery mentioned in the text happened in Pithoragarh, the passage clarifies that this is the first cave found in that specific district, whereas Almora holds the record for the earliest (first) discovery in the state.
  • Therefore, the correct location for the first caves found with paintings in Uttarakhand is Almora.

Therefore, the correct answer is Almora.

 

Correct Sentence from Passage: "The rock paintings seem over four to six thousand years old like the ones first discovered in the Lakhu Udiyar pre-historic caves near Almora in the year 1965..."

 

Additional Information

  • Pithoragarh: This is the location of the newly discovered cave in the Berinag sub-division, found by Tarun Mehra.
  • Nainital: The passage mentions that one such cave has been found in this region earlier.
  • Garhwal: The passage mentions that three such caves have been found in the Garhwal region earlier.
  • Almora: Apart from being the site of the first discovery, it is also home to nine such caves.
35

Identify the option that arranges the following events in the correct sequence.
a. Finding a tunnel.
b. Discovering a cup mark on the hill
c. Exploring the cave
d. Climbing the rocks near the PG College, Berinag
e. Discovering the colourful rock paintings

  1. ((a))

    d c b a e

  2. ((b))

    d a c e b

  3. ((c))

    b d c e a

  4. ((d))

    a c e d b

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

d a c e b

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • According to the passage, the sequence of events leading to the discovery of the rock paintings is as follows:
  • d. Climbing the rocks: Tarun Mehra and his team were on a rock climbing expedition on a hill near PG College, Berinag.
  • a. Finding a tunnel: During this expedition, they saw a tunnel-like structure.
  • c. Exploring the cave: Out of curiosity, they went inside the structure (the cave).
  • e. Discovering the colourful rock paintings: Once inside, they were surprised to see rock paintings on the walls in various colours.
  • b. Discovering a cup mark on the hill: Finally, the passage mentions that a cup mark was also spotted some 20 feet up the hill.
  • Thus, the correct chronological sequence is d-a-c-e-b.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 2.

 

Additional Information

  • The rock paintings are estimated to be four to six thousand years old.
  • They are similar to those found in the Lakhu Udiyar caves near Almora in 1965.
  • The paintings include eleven human figures and a wild animal depicted below them.
  • This discovery marks the first cave with rock paintings found in the Pithoragarh district.

Read the given passage and answer the questions that follow.

New Delhi : Forty-two per cent of children in the age group of 14 to 18 years in rural India cannot read easy sentences in English, reaching a total of 34,745 youths in the age group 14-18 years. One rural district was surveyed in each major state. The annual report published by the Pratham Foundation found that more than half of the students in the 14-18 age group struggle with division problems. Only 43.3 per cent of 14-18-year olds are able to do such problems correctly. This skill is usually expected in class 3 and 4.
ASER reports are also used by the government while formulating policies. Across enrollment categories, females (76 per cent) do better than males (70.9 per cent) in reading a Class 2 level text in their regional language. In contrast, males do better than their female counterparts in arithmetic and English reading. The report says that around 45 per cent of the students surveyed could calculate the number of hours a child had slept based on the time she went to bed at night and woke up in the morning.
In another everyday task of measuring an object with a scale, 85 per cent of those surveyed could calculate the length of an object correctly if it was placed at the '0' mark on the ruler. But, when the object was moved and placed elsewhere on the ruler, less than 40 per cent could give the right answer. Two-thirds of the surveyed youths (65.1 per cent) were able to read functional instructions on a packet of ORS solution, the report said.
According to the report, low levels of foundational numeracy affect the ability of youth in tackling everyday calculations where they need to apply measurement or use the unitary method in practical situations, or even do simple financial computations (managing a budget, applying a discount or calculating interest rates or repayment of a loan).

36

According to ASER 2023, how much percentage of 14-18 year olds could divide a three-digit number by a one-digit number correctly?

  1. ((a))

    25 per cent

  2. ((b))

    65.1 per cent

  3. ((c))

    45 per cent

  4. ((d))

    43.3 per cent

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

43.3 per cent

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • According to the passage, the Annual Status of Education Report (ASER) highlights significant gaps in foundational learning among rural youth.
  • The report explicitly states that more than half of the students in the 14-18 age group struggle with division problems.
  • Specifically, only 43.3 per cent of these 14-18-year olds are able to solve such division problems correctly.
  • The passage mentions that this skill is typically expected of students in Class 3 and 4, indicating a learning lag for the older age group.

Therefore, the correct answer is 43.3 per cent.

 

Additional Information

  • 42 per cent: This refers to the percentage of 14-18 year olds in rural India who cannot read easy sentences in English.
  • 45 per cent: This is the percentage of students who could calculate the number of hours a child had slept.
  • 65.1 per cent: This percentage represents the youth able to read functional instructions on an ORS packet.
  • 85 per cent: This refers to those who could measure an object correctly when placed at the '0' mark on a ruler.
37

Which of the following is better done by girls than boys, according to the passage?

  1. ((a))

    Reading a Class 2 level text in their regional language

  2. ((b))

    Carrying out a simple division sum

  3. ((c))

    Calculating arithmetical problems

  4. ((d))

    Reading simple English sentences

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Reading a Class 2 level text in their regional language

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • According to the second paragraph of the passage, there is a clear distinction in performance between genders across different enrollment categories.
  • The report states that females (76 per cent) perform better than males (70.9 per cent) specifically in reading a Class 2 level text in their regional language.
  • The passage further clarifies that while girls excel in regional language reading, males perform better in arithmetic and English reading.
  • Therefore, the task that is better done by girls is reading regional language texts at a primary level.

Therefore, the correct answer is Reading a Class 2 level text in their regional language.

 

Additional Information

  • Arithmetic and Division: The passage mentions that males generally perform better than females in arithmetic tasks and that more than half of all students struggle with division problems.
  • English Reading: The report indicates that 42 per cent of children cannot read easy sentences in English, and males are noted to perform better in this area than females.
  • Everyday Tasks: Tasks like measuring objects with a scale or reading ORS packet instructions were used to test foundational numeracy and literacy across the entire surveyed group, not specifically highlighted as a strength for girls.

Read the given passage and answer the questions that follow.

New Delhi : Forty-two per cent of children in the age group of 14 to 18 years in rural India cannot read easy sentences in English, while more than half of them struggle with simple division problems, according to the Annual Status of Education Report (ASER) 2023 released on Wednesday.
The ASER 2023 'Beyond Basics' survey was conducted in 28 districts across 26 states, reaching a total of 34,745 youths in the age group 14-18 years. One rural district was surveyed in each major state. The annual report published by the Pratham Foundation found that more than half of the students in the 14-18 age group struggle with division problems. About 25 per cent of this age group still cannot read a Class 2 level text fluently in their regional language. More than half struggle with division (3-digit by 1-digit) problems. Only 43.3 per cent of 14-18-year olds are able to do such problems correctly. This skill is usually expected in class 3 and 4.
ASER reports are also used by the government while formulating policies. Across enrollment categories, females (76 per cent) do better than males (70.9 per cent) in reading a Class 2 level text in their regional language. In contrast, males do better than their female counterparts in arithmetic and English reading. The report says that around 45 per cent of the students surveyed could calculate the number of hours a child had slept based on the time she went to bed at night and woke up in the morning.
In another everyday task of measuring an object with a scale, 85 per cent of those surveyed could calculate the length of an object correctly if it was placed at the '0' mark on the ruler. But, when the object was moved and placed elsewhere on the ruler, less than 40 per cent could give the right answer. Two-thirds of the surveyed youths (65.1 per cent) were able to read functional instructions on a packet of ORS solution, the report said.
According to the report, low levels of foundational numeracy affect the ability of youth in tackling everyday calculations where they need to apply measurement or use the unitary method in practical situations, or even do simple financial computations (managing a budget, applying a discount or calculating interest rates or repayment of a loan).

38

The survey was conducted mainly to know:

  1. ((a))

    the reading abilities of Class 3 to 4 children

  2. ((b))

    the simple calculation skills of boys and girls

  3. ((c))

    the reading level and numeracy abilities of 14-18 year olds

  4. ((d))

    the level of foundational numeracy among the youth

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

the reading level and numeracy abilities of 14-18 year olds

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • The passage discusses the Annual Status of Education Report (ASER) 2023 'Beyond Basics' survey.
  • The primary focus of this survey was to assess the reading abilities (English and regional languages) and numeracy skills (division, everyday calculations, and financial computations).
  • The specific target demographic mentioned throughout the text is youths in the age group of 14-18 years.
  • The report highlights that many in this group struggle with Class 2 level texts and foundational arithmetic, which are skills typically expected at a much younger age.

Therefore, the correct answer is the reading level and numeracy abilities of 14-18 year olds.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: While the survey compares skills to Class 3 and 4 expectations, the participants were actually 14-18 year olds, not children currently in those classes.
  • Option 2: Although the survey compares males and females, this is a finding within the survey rather than its singular main purpose.
  • Option 4: Foundational numeracy is a major component, but the survey also extensively covers reading levels in multiple languages, making Option 3 a more comprehensive choice.
  • The survey reached 34,745 youths across 28 districts in 26 states of rural India.
39

How many youths could calculate the length of an object correctly if it was placed at the '0' mark on the ruler?

  1. ((a))

    85 per cent

  2. ((b))

    40 per cent

  3. ((c))

    45 per cent

  4. ((d))

    76 per cent

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

85 per cent

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • According to the ASER 2023 'Beyond Basics' report, students were tested on various everyday tasks, including measuring objects with a scale.
  • The passage explicitly states that 85 per cent of those surveyed could calculate the length of an object correctly if it was placed at the '0' mark on the ruler.
  • However, the report also notes a decline in accuracy when the object was moved to a different starting point on the ruler.
  • Therefore, the percentage of youths who succeeded at the standard measurement task starting from zero is 85 per cent.

Therefore, the correct answer is 1.

 

Additional Information

  • 40 per cent: This refers to the approximate number of youths (specifically less than 40 per cent) who could give the right answer when the object was moved and placed elsewhere on the ruler.
  • 45 per cent: This is the percentage of students who could calculate the number of hours a child had slept based on bed and wake times.
  • 76 per cent: This figure represents the percentage of females who do better in reading a Class 2 level text in their regional language compared to males.
  • The ASER 2023 report was released by the Pratham Foundation and surveyed 34,745 youths in the age group of 14-18 years.
40

The given passage is:

  1. ((a))

    a news report about an educational survey

  2. ((b))

    the executive summary of the Annual Status of Education Report

  3. ((c))

    a press release by Pratham Foundation

  4. ((d))

    a survey report on rural districts

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

a news report about an educational survey

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • The passage begins with a dateline (New Delhi) and reports on findings released on a specific day (Wednesday), which are characteristic features of a news report.
  • It summarizes the key findings of the Annual Status of Education Report (ASER) 2023, titled 'Beyond Basics', which was conducted by the Pratham Foundation.
  • The tone is informative and objective, aimed at a general audience to convey statistical data regarding the educational standards of rural youth in India.
  • Therefore, the text is structured as a news report about an educational survey.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 1.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2: While the passage contains data from the report, it is written from a third-person journalistic perspective rather than being the formal executive summary document itself.
  • Option 3: A press release is usually a statement issued directly by an organization (like Pratham) to the media. This text reads like the resulting media coverage of that information.
  • Option 4: A survey report would typically be a much longer, technical document containing methodologies and exhaustive data tables, whereas this is a concise summary of highlights for public consumption.

Read the given passage and answer the questions that follow.

I had four notes of introduction in London: to Dr. PJ Mehta, to Sjt. Dalpatram Shukla, to Prince Ranjit Singhji and to Dadabhai Naoroji. Someone on board had advised us to put up at the Victoria Hotel in London. Sjt Mazmudar and I accordingly went there. Dr. Mehta, to whom I had wired from Southampton, called at about eight o'clock the same evening. He gave me a hearty greeting. As we were talking, I casually picked up his top-hat, and trying to see how smooth it was, passed my hand over it the wrong way and disturbed the fur. Dr. Mehta looked somewhat angrily at what I was doing and stopped me. But the mischief had been done. The incident was a warning for the future. This was my first lesson in European etiquette, into the details of which Dr. Mehta humorously initiated me. "Do not touch other people's things," he said. "Do not ask questions as we usually do in India on first acquaintance; do not talk loudly; never address people as 'sir' whilst speaking to them as we do in India; only servants and subordinates address their masters that way." And so on and so forth. He also told me that it was very expensive to live in a hotel and recommended that I should live with a private family. We deferred consideration of the matter until Monday.
Sjt. Mazmudar and I found the hotel to be a trying affair. It was also very expensive. There was, however, a Sindhi fellow-passenger from Malta who had become friends with Sjt. Mazmudar, and as he was not a stranger to London, he offered to find rooms for us. We agreed, and on Monday, as soon as we got our baggage, we paid up our bills and went to the rooms rented for us by the Sindhi friend. I remember my hotel bill came to £3, an amount which shocked me. And I had practically starved in spite of this heavy bill! For I could relish nothing. When I did not like one thing, I asked for another, but had to pay for both just the same. The fact is that all this while I had depended on the provisions which I had brought with me from Bombay.

41

The main theme of the passage is:

  1. ((a))

    expensive hotel stay in London

  2. ((b))

    appreciating European etiquette

  3. ((c))

    craving for home food in foreign land

  4. ((d))

    the author's early days in London

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

the author's early days in London

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • The passage describes the initial experiences of the author (Mahatma Gandhi) upon his arrival in London.
  • It covers various aspects of his early stay, including meeting acquaintances like Dr. P.J. Mehta, staying at the Victoria Hotel, and learning about European etiquette.
  • The narrative also touches upon his financial concerns regarding the high cost of living and his struggle with food in a new country.
  • Since the passage encompasses meetings, cultural adjustments, and logistical challenges faced immediately after arrival, the most comprehensive theme is the author's early days in London.

Therefore, the correct answer is 4.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: While the expensive hotel stay is mentioned (costing £3), it is only a specific detail used to illustrate his early struggles, not the entire theme.
  • Option 2: European etiquette (such as not touching others' belongings or avoid saying 'sir') is an important lesson he learned, but it constitutes only one part of the narrative.
  • Option 3: The craving for home food or the inability to relish London food is mentioned at the end, but it describes his personal discomfort rather than the central theme of the whole passage.
42

Why did Dr. Mehta get a little irritated with the author?

  1. ((a))

    He was late in coming to meet him.

  2. ((b))

    He asked irrelevant questions.

  3. ((c))

    He was talking loudly.

  4. ((d))

    He touched his hat the wrong way.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

He touched his hat the wrong way.

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • According to the passage, the author casually picked up Dr. Mehta's top-hat while they were talking.
  • The author passed his hand over the hat the wrong way to see how smooth it was, which disturbed the fur.
  • The text explicitly states, 'Dr. Mehta looked somewhat angrily at what I was doing and stopped me,' indicating his irritation.
  • This incident served as the author's first lesson in European etiquette, specifically regarding not touching other people's belongings.

Therefore, the correct answer is He touched his hat the wrong way.

 

Correct Sentence: 'As we were talking, I casually picked up his top-hat... passed my hand over it the wrong way and disturbed the fur. Dr. Mehta looked somewhat angrily at what I was doing...'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: The passage mentions Dr. Mehta called at about eight o'clock the same evening after receiving a wire, but there is no mention of him being late or the author being irritated by timing.
  • Option 2: While Dr. Mehta advised the author not to ask questions as people do in India, there is no evidence that the author had already asked irrelevant questions causing irritation at that moment.
  • Option 3: Similarly, Dr. Mehta advised not to talk loudly as part of the etiquette lesson, but the specific cause for the 'angry look' mentioned in the narrative was the handling of the hat.
43

Who initiated the author in European manners?

  1. ((a))

    Sjt Majumdar

  2. ((b))

    Dr. PJ Mehta

  3. ((c))

    Sjt. Dalpatram Shukla

  4. ((d))

    Dadabhai Naoroji

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Dr. PJ Mehta

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • According to the passage, the author mentions that Dr. PJ Mehta humorously initiated him into the details of European etiquette.
  • The incident occurred when the author accidentally disturbed the fur on Dr. Mehta's top-hat, leading to a lesson on how to behave in London.
  • Dr. Mehta provided specific instructions such as not touching other people's things, not asking personal questions upon first acquaintance, and not addressing people as 'sir'.
  • Therefore, it was Dr. PJ Mehta who served as the mentor for the author's first lessons in Western manners.

Therefore, the correct answer is Dr. PJ Mehta.

 

Additional Information

  • Sjt Mazmudar: He was a fellow traveler who stayed with the author at the Victoria Hotel, but he did not provide the etiquette lessons.
  • Sjt. Dalpatram Shukla: Mentioned only as one of the individuals for whom the author had a note of introduction.
  • Dadabhai Naoroji: A prominent leader for whom the author had a note of introduction, but he is not mentioned as the one teaching etiquette in this context.
  • Prince Ranjit Singhji: Another person for whom the author carried an introductory note, but not involved in the etiquette incident.
44

After reading the above passage it can be inferred that it is an extract from:

  1. ((a))

    a biography

  2. ((b))

    an article

  3. ((c))

    a travelogue

  4. ((d))

    an autobiography

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

an autobiography

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • The passage is written in the first-person narrative, using pronouns such as 'I', 'me', and 'my' (e.g., 'I had four notes of introduction', 'my first lesson in European etiquette').
  • An autobiography is a self-written account of the life of a person. Since the author is describing their personal experiences, feelings (being 'shocked' by the bill), and specific personal interactions in London, it is an autobiographical extract.
  • The text describes formative experiences and personal growth, which are hallmarks of memoirs or autobiographies (specifically, this is an excerpt from Mahatma Gandhi's 'The Story of My Experiments with Truth').
  • The detailed description of internal thoughts and personal social blunders (the top-hat incident) confirms it is the author telling their own story.

Therefore, the correct answer is an autobiography.

 

Additional Information

  • Biography: A detailed description of a person's life written by someone else. It would use third-person pronouns like 'he' or 'she'.
  • Article: A non-fiction piece of writing that forms an independent part of a publication (like a newspaper or magazine), usually focusing on a specific topic rather than a life story.
  • Travelogue: A piece of writing about travel and the places visited. While the passage mentions London, the core focus is on personal conduct, etiquette, and internal growth, making 'autobiography' a more comprehensive classification for this narrative style.
45

How did the Author survive during his first days in London?

  1. ((a))

    He ordered and ate food at the hotel.

  2. ((b))

    He ate at Indian restaurants.

  3. ((c))

    He got food from friends.

  4. ((d))

    He used the food he had brought from Bombay.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

He used the food he had brought from Bombay.

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • The passage describes the author's initial struggle with food and expenses upon arriving in London.
  • The author mentions that despite paying a heavy hotel bill, he had practically starved because he could not relish the food provided at the hotel.
  • The text explicitly states: 'The fact is that all this while I had depended on the provisions which I had brought with me from Bombay.'
  • This confirms that his primary source of sustenance during those first few days was the food he carried from home.

Therefore, the correct answer is He used the food he had brought from Bombay.

 

Correct Sentence from Passage: 'The fact is that all this while I had depended on the provisions which I had brought with me from Bombay.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: While he ordered food at the hotel, he could not relish it and essentially did not eat it, making this option incorrect.
  • Option 2: There is no mention of the author eating at Indian restaurants in the provided text.
  • Option 3: Although friends helped him find rooms and provided etiquette advice, the text does not state that they provided him with food.

Rivers in the heart of the Amazon rainforest in Brazil fell to their lowest levels in over a century on Monday as a record drought upends the lives of hundreds of thousands of people and damages the jungle ecosystem.
The port of Manaus, the region's most populous city, at the meeting of the Rio Negro and the Amazon River, recorded 13.59 metres (44.6 feet) of water on Monday, compared to 17.60 a year ago, according to its website. That is the lowest level since records began in 121 years ago in 1902, passing a previous all-time low set in 2010.
Rapidly drying tributaries to the mighty Amazon have left boats stranded, cutting off food and water supplies to remote villages, while high water temperatures are suspected of killing more than 100 endangered river dolphins.
Some areas of the Amazon have seen the least rain from July to September since 1980, according to the Brazilian government disaster alert centre, Cemaden.
Brazil's Science Ministry blames the drought on the onset of the El Niño climate phenomenon this year, which is driving extreme weather patterns globally. In a statement earlier this month, the ministry said it expects the drought will last until at least December, when El Niño's effects are forecast to peak.
Underlying El Niño is the long-term trend of global warming, which is leading to more frequent and more intense extreme weather events, like drought and heat.
The drought has affected 481,000 people as of Monday, according to the civil defense agency in the state of Amazonas, where Manaus is located.
Late last week, workers from Brazilian NGO Fundação Amazônia Sustentável fanned out across the parched region near Manaus to deliver food and supplies to vulnerable villages. The drought has threatened their access to food, drinking water and medicines, which are usually transported by river.

46

The passage is mainly about:

  1. ((a))

    the lives of people living in the rainforest of Amazon

  2. ((b))

    the damage to the jungle's ecosystem

  3. ((c))

    the El Niño climate phenomenon

  4. ((d))

    the worst drought conditions in Amazon rainforest area

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

the worst drought conditions in Amazon rainforest area

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • The passage primarily focuses on the unprecedented drought affecting the Amazon rainforest in Brazil, noting that river levels have reached their lowest in 121 years.
  • It details specific data from the port of Manaus, where water levels dropped to 13.59 metres, surpassing the previous record low from 2010.
  • The text describes the wide-ranging consequences of this drought, including stranded boats, food shortages in remote villages, and the death of endangered river dolphins due to high water temperatures.
  • While it mentions the lives of people, the ecosystem, and El Niño, these are discussed as impacts or causes of the central theme: the record-breaking drought.

Therefore, the correct answer is the worst drought conditions in Amazon rainforest area.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: The lives of the people are mentioned as being affected by the drought, but the passage encompasses environmental and climate data beyond just human sociology.
  • Option 2: Damage to the ecosystem (like the death of dolphins) is a specific consequence of the drought, not the sole focus of the entire report.
  • Option 3: El Niño and global warming are identified as the underlying causes of the weather patterns, providing context for why the drought is occurring.
47

Which of the following statements is NOT true?

  1. ((a))

    Food, drinking water and medicines are delivered to remote villages of the rainforest region by boats.

  2. ((b))

    On Monday, the lowest water level since 1902 in the Amazon river was recorded at 17.60 metres.

  3. ((c))

    High water temperatures are suspected of killing more than 100 endangered river dolphins.

  4. ((d))

    Port of Manaus is the most populated city of the Amazon rainforest region.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

On Monday, the lowest water level since 1902 in the Amazon river was recorded at 17.60 metres.

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • The passage states that the port of Manaus recorded 13.59 metres of water on Monday, which is the lowest level since records began in 1902.
  • The figure 17.60 metres mentioned in the text refers to the water level a year ago, not the record low level.
  • Therefore, the statement in Option 2 is factually incorrect according to the passage.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 2.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1 is true: The text mentions that food, water, and medicines are usually transported by river, and the drought has cut off supplies to remote villages.
  • Option 3 is true: The passage explicitly states that high water temperatures are suspected of killing more than 100 endangered river dolphins.
  • Option 4 is true: The text describes the port of Manaus as the region's most populous city.
48

"workers from Brazilian NGO Fundação Amazônia Sustentável fanned out across the parched region". Here 'fanned out' means:

  1. ((a))

    found fans in the area

  2. ((b))

    distributed fans

  3. ((c))

    cooled the area with fans

  4. ((d))

    spread apart in the area

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

spread apart in the area

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • The phrasal verb 'fanned out' means to move apart from a central point or to spread out over a wide area in different directions.
  • In the context of the passage, the workers from the NGO moved across the parched region in various directions to reach different vulnerable villages for aid delivery.
  • This movement is often done to cover a larger search or distribution area efficiently, much like the ribs of a hand fan spreading from a single point.
  • Therefore, the phrase refers to the spatial distribution of the workers, not to mechanical fans used for cooling.

Therefore, the correct answer is spread apart in the area.

 

Contextual Sentence: "Late last week, workers from Brazilian NGO Fundação Amazônia Sustentável fanned out across the parched region near Manaus to deliver food and supplies to vulnerable villages."

 

Additional Information

  • Found fans in the area: This is an incorrect literal interpretation of the word 'fan' as a noun (a person or an object), which does not fit the grammatical structure or logic of the sentence.
  • Distributed fans: While the workers were delivering supplies, the term 'fanned out' describes how they moved, not what they were giving away.
  • Cooled the area with fans: Although the region is experiencing extreme heat and drought, 'fanned out' is an idiom for movement and does not refer to the physical act of cooling with ventilation devices.
  • Parched: This adjective used in the same sentence means extremely dry or thirsty, emphasizing the severity of the drought in the Amazon.
49

Identify the option that arranges the following in the correct sequence.
A. Boats stranded
B. Tributaries dried
C. Food and water supply to remote villages cut off
D. Very less rain in the Amazon region

  1. ((a))

    ABCD

  2. ((b))

    BDAC

  3. ((c))

    DBAC

  4. ((d))

    DACB

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

DBAC

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • The passage describes a cause-and-effect relationship triggered by environmental changes in the Amazon rainforest.
  • Step 1 (D): The process begins with very less rain in the Amazon region. The text mentions that some areas have seen the least rain since 1980.
  • Step 2 (B): The lack of rainfall leads to tributaries drying. The passage states, 'Rapidly drying tributaries to the mighty Amazon...'.
  • Step 3 (A): As a direct result of the dried-up waterways, boats stranded. The text notes that drying tributaries 'have left boats stranded'.
  • Step 4 (C): Because boats are the primary mode of transport, food and water supply to remote villages cut off. The passage confirms this by saying the stranding of boats is 'cutting off food and water supplies'.
  • Therefore, the logical sequence is D → B → A → C.

Therefore, the correct answer is DBAC.

 

Additional Information

  • El Niño: The Brazil Science Ministry identifies this climate phenomenon as the primary driver behind the extreme weather patterns and the current drought.
  • Global Warming: The passage highlights that long-term global warming makes these extreme events, such as droughts and heatwaves, more frequent and intense.
  • Impact: The drought has hit record lows not seen in 121 years (since 1902) and has affected approximately 481,000 people in the state of Amazonas.
50

After reading the given passage, it can be inferred that it is:

  1. ((a))

    a news report

  2. ((b))

    a research report

  3. ((c))

    a scientific report

  4. ((d))

    a survey report

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

a news report

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • The passage follows the structure of a news report, as it provides a timely account of a current event (the record drought in the Amazon rainforest) with specific details like dates (Monday, October 2023 context), locations (Manaus, Rio Negro), and statistics.
  • It features typical journalistic elements such as direct citations from official bodies (Cemaden, Brazil's Science Ministry) and quotes or observations from NGOs (Fundação Amazônia Sustentável).
  • The tone is objective and informative, focusing on the immediate impact on the population (481,000 people affected) and the environment (endangered river dolphins), which is characteristic of breaking news or a feature news story.
  • Unlike a research or scientific report, it does not include a formal hypothesis, methodology section, or detailed data analysis; instead, it reports current happenings and their socio-economic consequences.

Therefore, the correct answer is a news report.

 

Additional Information

  • Research Report: Usually focuses on a specific study conducted over time with a structured format including an abstract, literature review, and findings.
  • Scientific Report: Primarily concerns technical experiments, mathematical proofs, or detailed biological/climatological data aimed at a specialist audience.
  • Survey Report: Specifically analyzes the results of a survey or questionnaire conducted among a specific group of respondents.
  • The mention of El Niño and global warming serves as context for the news event rather than being the primary technical focus of a specialized scientific paper.
51

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank.
If the weather forecast proves accurate, we ________ heavy snowfall in the region tomorrow.

  1. ((a))

    should have

  2. ((b))

    need to have

  3. ((c))

    must have

  4. ((d))

    are having

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

should have

The correct answer is 'should have'.

 

Key Points

  • The sentence uses a conditional structure ("If the weather forecast proves accurate") to discuss a likely future outcome.
  • The modal verb "should" is frequently used to express a high probability or an expectation of what is likely to happen based on current information.
  • In this context, "should have" indicates that heavy snowfall is the expected result if the condition (the forecast being accurate) is met.
  • Option 1 is the most natural fit for making a prediction based on a source of information like a forecast.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 1.

 

Complete Sentence: "If the weather forecast proves accurate, we should have heavy snowfall in the region tomorrow."

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2: "need to have" implies a requirement or necessity, which does not fit a weather prediction.
  • Option 3: "must have" is generally used for strong obligation or a logical certainty about the past, which is too forceful for a forecast.
  • Option 4: "are having" is the present continuous tense, which is typically used for scheduled personal arrangements, not natural phenomena like snowfall.
52

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.
The director organised a meeting to discuss the upcoming projects.

  1. ((a))

    A meeting was organised by the director to discuss the upcoming projects.

  2. ((b))

    A meeting has been organised by the director to discuss the upcoming projects.

  3. ((c))

    A meeting is organised by the director to discuss the upcoming projects.

  4. ((d))

    The upcoming projects were organised by the director to discuss the meeting.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

A meeting was organised by the director to discuss the upcoming projects.

The correct answer is A meeting was organised by the director to discuss the upcoming projects..

Key Points

  • The original sentence is in the Active Voice and uses the Simple Past Tense, as indicated by the verb organised.
  • To convert a sentence from Active Voice to Passive Voice in the Simple Past Tense, the structure follows: Subject (Object of active voice) + was/were + V3 (Past Participle) + by + Agent (Subject of active voice).
  • In the active sentence, The director is the subject, organised is the verb, and a meeting is the direct object.
  • The object (a meeting) becomes the new subject in the passive construction. Since a meeting is singular, the auxiliary verb was is used.
  • The past participle of organised remains organised.
  • The phrase to discuss the upcoming projects is an infinitive phrase expressing purpose and remains unchanged in its position to maintain the original meaning.

 Additional Information

  • Tense Mismatch in Incorrect Options:
  • The use of has been organised is characteristic of the Present Perfect Tense, which does not match the Simple Past nature of the original verb.
  • The use of is organised represents the Simple Present Tense, indicating a habitual action or general fact, which is contextually incorrect here.
  • The fourth option inverts the logic of the sentence by making upcoming projects the subject and meeting the purpose, which alters the original meaning significantly.
  • Voice Transformation Rules:
  • Subject-Object Swap: The positions of the subject and object are interchanged.
  • Preposition 'by': It is generally added before the agent (the original subject) in the passive voice.
  • Verb Form: The third form of the verb (V3) is mandatory in all Passive Voice constructions.
53

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank.
She meticulously followed the intricate instructions; ________, the delicate balance of the experiment would have been irreversibly disrupted.

  1. ((a))

    in case

  2. ((b))

    otherwise

  3. ((c))

    so that

  4. ((d))

    moreover

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

otherwise

The correct answer is 'otherwise'.

 

Key Points

  • The sentence uses a semicolon to connect two independent clauses, where the second clause describes the hypothetical negative consequence of not doing the action in the first clause.
  • The word "otherwise" is an adverb used as a conjunctive adverb to mean 'if not' or 'in other circumstances.'
  • In this context, it indicates that if she had not followed the instructions meticulously, the experiment would have been ruined.
  • Option 2 is the only choice that logically connects the precautionary action with its potential failure.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 2.

 

Complete Sentence: "She meticulously followed the intricate instructions; otherwise, the delicate balance of the experiment would have been irreversibly disrupted."

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: "in case" is a conjunction used to talk about precautions taken for a possible future situation, but it does not fit the grammatical structure here.
  • Option 3: "so that" is used to show purpose or result, but the second clause is a conditional result of the opposite action.
  • Option 4: "moreover" is used to add information that supports the first point, not to show a negative consequence.
54

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank.
After the storm ________, the explorers realised that their campsite had been completely flooded.

  1. ((a))

    had subsided

  2. ((b))

    was subsiding

  3. ((c))

    subsides

  4. ((d))

    is subsiding

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

had subsided

The correct answer is 'had subsided'.

 

Key Points

  • The sentence describes two actions that occurred in the past.
  • When two actions happen in the past, the action that took place first is expressed in the Past Perfect Tense (had + past participle), and the subsequent action is expressed in the Simple Past Tense.
  • In this context, the storm subsiding happened first, and then the explorers realised (simple past) the damage. Therefore, "had subsided" is the correct form.
  • Options 2, 3, and 4 do not follow this grammatical rule for sequential past events.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 1.

 

Complete Sentence: "After the storm had subsided, the explorers realised that their campsite had been completely flooded."

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2: "was subsiding" represents the Past Continuous Tense, which implies the storm was still in the process of decreasing when they realised the flooding, which contradicts the logic of the word 'after'.
  • Option 3: "subsides" is the Simple Present Tense, which cannot be used with the past tense 'realised'.
  • Option 4: "is subsiding" is the Present Continuous Tense, which is grammatically inconsistent with the rest of the sentence.
55

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.
Let a statement addressing the recent controversy be issued by the company.

  1. ((a))

    The company can issue a statement addressing the recent controversy.

  2. ((b))

    The company is issuing a statement addressing the recent controversy.

  3. ((c))

    The company should issue a statement addressing the recent controversy.

  4. ((d))

    Let the company issue a statement addressing the recent controversy.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Let the company issue a statement addressing the recent controversy.

The correct answer is Let the company issue a statement addressing the recent controversy.

Key Points

  • The given sentence is in the Passive Voice and follows the structure of an imperative sentence starting with Let.
  • The Passive Voice structure for imperative sentences starting with Let is: Let + Object + be + V3 (Past Participle) + by + Agent.
  • In the provided sentence, a statement addressing the recent controversy is the object, be issued is the passive verb form, and the company is the agent (subject of the active action).
  • To convert this into Active Voice, the structure must be: Let + Agent/Subject + Base Verb (V1) + Object.
  • Applying this rule, the company (agent) moves after Let, followed by the base verb issue, and then the object a statement addressing the recent controversy.
  • The phrase addressing the recent controversy acts as a participle phrase modifying the statement and remains unchanged in its relative position.
  • Therefore, the correct active form is Let the company issue a statement addressing the recent controversy.

 Additional Information

  • Imperative Sentences:
  • When an imperative sentence expresses a suggestion or permission using Let, the active voice retains Let at the beginning.
  • If the sentence was a direct command like Issue the statement, the passive would be Let the statement be issued.
  • The use of modal verbs like can or should changes the mood and intent of the sentence, which does not happen during standard voice conversion unless specified by the original auxiliary.
  • Continuous forms like is issuing represent a Present Continuous tense, which is not present in the original Let-based imperative structure.
56

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No improvement required’.

In case everybody has left the office, Ashutosh is still busy at his laptop.

  1. ((a))

    Even though

  2. ((b))

    In spite of

  3. ((c))

    But for

  4. ((d))

    No improvement required

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Even though

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • The original sentence uses the phrase In case, which is used to talk about precautions or possibilities. However, the context of the sentence indicates a contrast between two facts.
  • The sentence states that even though the office is empty, Ashutosh is still working. This requires a concessive conjunction.
  • Even though is used to introduce a fact that makes the rest of the sentence surprising or contrasting. It perfectly fits the context that he is working despite others having left.
  • Therefore, In case should be replaced by Even though to make the sentence grammatically and logically sound.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 1.

 

Correct Sentence: 'Even though everybody has left the office, Ashutosh is still busy at his laptop.'

 

Additional Information

  • In spite of: This is a prepositional phrase and must be followed by a noun, pronoun, or gerund (e.g., In spite of everyone leaving). It cannot directly introduce a clause with a subject and verb like 'everybody has left'.
  • But for: This means 'if it were not for' or 'except for'. It is used to suggest that something would have happened if something else hadn't prevented it, which does not fit here.
  • In case: This is used to mention a potential future situation we are preparing for (e.g., Take an umbrella in case it rains). It does not show contrast.
57

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in direct speech.
They exclaimed sadly that India had lost the match in the World Cup finals.

  1. ((a))

    They said, “They are so sorry! India has lost the match in the World Cup finals.”

  2. ((b))

    They said, “Hurrah! India has lost the match in the World Cup finals.”

  3. ((c))

    They said, “India has sadly lost the match in the World Cup finals.”

  4. ((d))

    They said, “What a loss! India has lost the match in the World Cup finals.”

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

They said, “What a loss! India has lost the match in the World Cup finals.”

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • Indirect Speech: They exclaimed sadly that India had lost the match in the World Cup finals.
  • Key Conversions:
  • "exclaimed sadly" becomes an exclamatory phrase:
  • The reporting verb exclaimed sadly indicates a sense of grief or disappointment. In direct speech, this is often represented by an interjection like 'What a loss!' or 'Alas!'.
  • Tense Change:
  • The past perfect tense 'had lost' in indirect speech changes back to the present perfect 'has lost' in direct speech.
  • Conjunction:
  • The conjunction 'that' is removed and replaced by a comma and quotation marks.
  • Punctuation and Format:
  • The direct speech is enclosed in quotation marks.
  • An exclamation mark (!) is used after the exclamatory phrase to convey the emotion of the speaker.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 4.

 

Correct Sentence: They said, ‘What a loss! India has lost the match in the World Cup finals.’

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: 'They are so sorry!' changes the structure and adds extra words not implied by the reporting verb 'exclaimed'.
  • Option 2: 'Hurrah!' is an interjection used for joy, which contradicts the word sadly in the indirect speech.
  • Option 3: While 'sadly' is included, it is used as an adverb within the sentence rather than an exclamatory expression that matches the reporting verb exclaimed.
58

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.
A state-of-the-art software program is being designed by our team to enhance the efficiency of our business operations.

  1. ((a))

    Our team is designing a state-of-the-art software program to enhance the efficiency of our business operations.

  2. ((b))

    Our team has designed a state-of-the-art software program to enhance the efficiency of our business operations.

  3. ((c))

    Our team will be designing a state-of-the-art software program to enhance the efficiency of our business operations.

  4. ((d))

    Our team has been designing a state-of-the-art software program to enhance the efficiency of our business operations.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Our team is designing a state-of-the-art software program to enhance the efficiency of our business operations.

The correct answer is Our team is designing a state-of-the-art software program to enhance the efficiency of our business operations.

Key Points

  • The original sentence is in the Passive Voice and follows the structure of the Present Continuous Tense, identified by the auxiliary verb is being followed by the past participle (V3) form designed.
  • To convert a Present Continuous sentence from passive to active voice, the Object of the passive sentence (our team) must become the Subject of the active sentence.
  • The structure for Active Voice in the Present Continuous Tense is: Subject + am/is/are + verb-ing (Present Participle) + Object.
  • In this transformation, is being designed changes to is designing because the new subject our team is a collective noun acting as a singular unit in this context.
  • The phrase a state-of-the-art software program, which was the subject in the passive voice, correctly shifts to the Object position in the active voice.
  • The infinitive phrase to enhance the efficiency of our business operations remains unchanged as it functions as an adverbial modifier indicating purpose.

 Additional Information

  • Voice Transformation Rules:
  • Present Perfect Tense: Option 2 uses has designed, which corresponds to the passive form has been designed. This represents a completed action rather than an ongoing one.
  • Future Continuous Tense: Option 3 uses will be designing, which refers to an action that will occur in the future, changing the temporal context of the original statement.
  • Present Perfect Continuous Tense: Option 4 uses has been designing, which emphasizes the duration of an action starting in the past and continuing to the present, which does not match the is being construction.
  • Agent Identification: In passive voice, the performer of the action is often preceded by the preposition by. In active voice, this agent must lead the sentence to show direct agency.
59

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No improvement required’.

The schoolroom into which he took me was the most forlorn and desolate place I am ever seeing.

  1. ((a))

    No improvement required

  2. ((b))

    I have ever seeing

  3. ((c))

    I have ever seen

  4. ((d))

    I am ever seen

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

I have ever seen

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • The sentence describes a completed experience or a state that has been true up to the point of the narrative. The phrase "most forlorn and desolate place" is a superlative comparison.
  • When using a superlative adjective (like most forlorn), it is grammatically correct to follow it with the Present Perfect Tense to indicate an experience "up to that point in time."
  • The structure for the Present Perfect Tense is: Subject + have/has + past participle (V3).
  • Therefore, the underlined part "I am ever seeing" (Present Continuous) should be replaced with "I have ever seen" (Present Perfect).
  • The adverb "ever" is commonly used with the Present Perfect to emphasize that something is the best, worst, or "most" of something in one's entire experience.

Therefore, the correct answer is I have ever seen.

 

Correct Sentence: "The schoolroom into which he took me was the most forlorn and desolate place I have ever seen."

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: No improvement required – Incorrect because the Present Continuous ("am seeing") implies an action currently in progress, which does not fit the context of a completed observation or a superlative comparison.
  • Option 2: I have ever seeing – Grammatically incorrect because the auxiliary verb "have" must be followed by the past participle (V3), not the present participle (-ing form).
  • Option 4: I am ever seen – Incorrect because it changes the voice to passive ("I am seen"), which implies that someone else is looking at the speaker, which is not the intended meaning.
60

Parts of the following sentence have been given as options. Select the option that contains an error.
The Board of Directors held a meeting sorting out the issue of the NPAs of the bank.

  1. ((a))

    the NPAs of the bank.

  2. ((b))

    the issue of

  3. ((c))

    The Board of Directors held

  4. ((d))

    a meeting sorting out

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

a meeting sorting out

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • The error lies in part 4 of the sentence due to the incorrect use of the present participle ('sorting out') instead of an infinitive phrase.
  • In English grammar, when expressing the purpose or reason for an action (why the meeting was held), the to-infinitive ('to sort out') is generally used.
  • The phrase 'sorting out' suggests a continuous action happening simultaneously, whereas the intent of the Board was to hold a meeting for the purpose of resolving the issue.
  • Therefore, the phrase 'sorting out' should be replaced with 'to sort out' to make the sentence grammatically sound.

Therefore, the correct answer is 4.

 

Correct Sentence: 'The Board of Directors held a meeting to sort out the issue of the NPAs of the bank.'

 

Additional Information

  • NPAs: Stands for Non-Performing Assets, referring to loans or advances that are in default or in arrears.
  • Option 1 & 2: These segments correctly identify the subject of the meeting ('the issue of the NPAs') and are prepositionally accurate.
  • Option 3: 'The Board of Directors held' is the correct subject-verb structure in the past tense.
  • Usage Note: While 'for sorting out' could also be used to indicate purpose in some contexts, 'to sort out' is the most standard and idiomatic choice following the noun 'meeting'.
61

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.
This cake was baked by Mary for your birthday.

  1. ((a))

    Mary has baked this cake for your birthday.

  2. ((b))

    Mary baked this cake for your birthday.

  3. ((c))

    Mary bakes this cake for your birthday.

  4. ((d))

    Mary has been baking this cake for your birthday.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Mary baked this cake for your birthday.

The correct answer is Mary baked this cake for your birthday.

Key Points

  • The original sentence is in the Passive Voice, specifically in the Simple Past Tense, as indicated by the structure was + past participle (baked).
  • To convert a Simple Past passive sentence into the Active Voice, the object of the passive sentence (Mary) becomes the subject of the active sentence.
  • The verb form must change from was baked to the simple past form of the main verb, which is baked (V2).
  • The subject of the passive sentence (This cake) becomes the direct object in the active sentence.
  • The phrase for your birthday remains as a prepositional adjunct at the end of the sentence to maintain the original meaning.
  • Following the formula Subject + V2 + Object, the correct transformation is Mary baked this cake for your birthday.

 Additional Information

  • Verb Tense Consistency:
  • Has baked represents the Present Perfect Tense; it would correspond to the passive form has been baked.
  • Bakes represents the Simple Present Tense; it would correspond to the passive form is baked.
  • Has been baking represents the Present Perfect Continuous Tense, which focuses on an ongoing action rather than a completed one.
  • Voice Rules:
  • In Active Voice, the subject performs the action.
  • In Passive Voice, the subject receives the action, and the agent is usually introduced by the preposition by.
62

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.
The author wrote a compelling novel, weaving together multiple storylines that captivated readers until the last page.

  1. ((a))

    A compelling novel has been written by the author, weaving together multiple storylines that captivated readers until the last page.

  2. ((b))

    A compelling novel was written by the author, weaving together multiple storylines that captivated readers until the last page.

  3. ((c))

    A compelling novel was written by the reader, weaving together multiple storylines that captivated the author until the last page.

  4. ((d))

    A compelling novel was writing the author, weaving together multiple storylines that captivated readers until the last page.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

A compelling novel was written by the author, weaving together multiple storylines that captivated readers until the last page.

The correct answer is A compelling novel was written by the author, weaving together multiple storylines that captivated readers until the last page..

Key Points

  • The original sentence is in the Active Voice and uses the Simple Past Tense (indicated by the verb wrote).
  • To convert a Simple Past sentence into Passive Voice, the structure follows: Subject (Object of active sentence) + was/were + V3 (Past Participle) + by + Object (Subject of active sentence).
  • The Object of the active sentence is a compelling novel, which is singular, thus requiring the auxiliary verb was.
  • The Past Participle (V3) form of the verb write is written.
  • The phrase weaving together multiple storylines... is a participial phrase that acts as a modifier and remains unchanged in its structure while describing the novel in the passive construction. Hence, the second option is correct.

 Additional Information

  • Analysis of Incorrect Options:
  • Option 1: Uses has been written, which is the Present Perfect Passive. This changes the original tense from Simple Past.
  • Option 3: Swaps the Subject and Object incorrectly by stating the reader wrote the novel, which alters the semantic meaning of the sentence.
  • Option 4: Uses was writing, which creates a Past Continuous Active structure and implies the novel performed the action of writing the author, making it logically incorrect.
  • Tense Conversion Rules:
  • Simple Present: becomes is/am/are + V3.
  • Simple Past: becomes was/were + V3.
  • Simple Future: becomes will be + V3.
  • Continuous Tenses: always require the addition of being (e.g., was being written).
63

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No improvement required’.

Mine grandmother need a helper to keep her terrace garden in order.

  1. ((a))

    Mine grandmother needed

  2. ((b))

    No improvement required

  3. ((c))

    My grandmother needs

  4. ((d))

    Mine grandmother needs

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

My grandmother needs

The correct answer is My grandmother needs.

Key Points

  • The sentence requires a possessive adjective rather than a possessive pronoun to modify the noun grandmother. My is a possessive adjective used before a noun, whereas Mine is a possessive pronoun used to replace a noun.
  • The subject grandmother is a third-person singular noun; therefore, according to the rules of subject-verb agreement in the Simple Present Tense, the verb must take the -s/es suffix.
  • The base verb need must be transformed into needs to correctly agree with the singular subject grandmother.
  • Combining these grammatical requirements, the phrase must use the possessive adjective My followed by the singular verb form needs to be grammatically accurate.

 Additional Information

  • Possessive Adjectives vs. Possessive Pronouns:
  • Possessive Adjectives (my, your, his, her, its, our, their) are always followed by a noun (e.g., my book, her garden).
  • Possessive Pronouns (mine, yours, his, hers, its, ours, theirs) stand alone and do not precede a noun (e.g., The book is mine).
  • Subject-Verb Agreement:
  • In the Present Indefinite Tense, if the subject is He, She, It or any singular noun, the first form of the verb takes s or es.
  • For plural subjects and pronouns like I, You, We, They, the base form of the verb remains unchanged (e.g., They need).
64

Parts of the following sentence have been given as options. Select the option that contains an error.
I was with the impression that I had returned the books that I had borrowed from you.

  1. ((a))

    that I had returned

  2. ((b))

    I was with the impression

  3. ((c))

    the books that I had

  4. ((d))

    borrowed from you

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

I was with the impression

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • The error lies in the phrase 'I was with the impression' in part 2 of the sentence.
  • The correct idiomatic expression is 'under the impression' rather than 'with the impression'.
  • The preposition 'under' is standardly used with 'impression' to mean believing something that is perhaps not true.
  • Thus, the error is located in the prepositional usage of the sentence.

Therefore, the correct answer is 2.

 

Correct Sentence: 'I was under the impression that I had returned the books that I had borrowed from you.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: 'that I had returned' – This uses the past perfect tense correctly to indicate an action completed before another past point.
  • Option 3: 'the books that I had' – This part correctly identifies the objects (books) and begins the relative clause.
  • Option 4: 'borrowed from you' – This completes the past perfect construction ('had borrowed') and correctly identifies the source.
  • In English, fixed phrases or idioms must use specific prepositions to maintain their meaning and grammatical validity.
65

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in reported speech.
Mother said to Rahul, “Don’t forget that the last date for geo-tagging our apartment is tomorrow.”

  1. ((a))

    Mother reminded Rahul that the last date for geo-tagging their apartment is the next day.

  2. ((b))

    Mother told Rahul that do not forget that the last date for geo-tagging their apartment was the next day.

  3. ((c))

    Mother reminded Rahul that the last date for geo-tagging their apartment was the next day.

  4. ((d))

    Mother told Rahul not to forget that the last date for geo-tagging our apartment is tomorrow.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Mother reminded Rahul that the last date for geo-tagging their apartment was the next day.

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • Direct Speech: Mother said to Rahul, ‘Don’t forget that the last date for geo-tagging our apartment is tomorrow.’
  • Key Conversions:
  • Reporting Verb: The phrase ‘said to Rahul, "Don’t forget"’ functions as a reminder. Therefore, the reporting verb ‘reminded’ is the most appropriate choice to convey the intent.
  • Tense Change: The present tense ‘is’ in the direct speech changes to the past tense ‘was’ in indirect speech because the reporting verb is in the past tense.
  • Pronoun Change: The first-person plural possessive pronoun ‘our’ changes to the third-person plural ‘their’ to reflect the perspective of the reporter.
  • Time Adverbial Change: The word ‘tomorrow’ changes to ‘the next day’ or ‘the following day’ in indirect speech.
  • Structure: When using ‘reminded’ followed by a ‘that-clause’, the negative command ‘Don’t forget’ is absorbed into the meaning of the verb ‘reminded’, leading to a statement format: ‘Mother reminded Rahul that...’.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 3.

 

Correct Sentence: ‘Mother reminded Rahul that the last date for geo-tagging their apartment was the next day.’

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: Fails to change the tense of the helping verb ‘is’ to ‘was’.
  • Option 2: Uses incorrect grammatical structure ‘told... that do not forget’; imperative sentences in indirect speech usually use the ‘to + infinitive’ structure or a specialized reporting verb.
  • Option 4: Fails to change the pronoun ‘our’ to ‘their’, the tense ‘is’ to ‘was’, and the time ‘tomorrow’ to ‘the next day’.
66

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in direct speech.
Mohit told his father that he could not solve that sum as it was very difficult.

  1. ((a))

    Mohit said to his father, "I cannot solve this sum as it is very difficult.

  2. ((b))

    Mohit said to his father, "I cannot solve that sum as it had been very difficult."

  3. ((c))

    Mohit said to his father, "He could not solve that sum as it was very difficult."

  4. ((d))

    Mohit said to his father, "You cannot solve that sum as it was very difficult."

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Mohit said to his father, "I cannot solve this sum as it is very difficult.

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • Indirect Speech: Mohit told his father that he could not solve that sum as it was very difficult.
  • Key Conversions:
  • "he could not solve" becomes "I cannot solve"
  • The pronoun he (referring to the subject Mohit) changes to I in direct speech.
  • The modal verb could changes back to its present form can.
  • "that sum" becomes "this sum"
  • In direct speech, that (demonstrative) changes to this to show proximity.
  • "as it was very difficult" becomes "as it is very difficult"
  • The past tense was is converted back to the present tense is for direct speech.
  • Reporting verb:
  • The indirect told his father is converted to said to his father in direct speech.
  • Punctuation and Format:
  • The direct speech is enclosed in double quotation marks.
  • A comma follows the reporting clause Mohit said to his father.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 1.

 

Correct Sentence: Mohit said to his father, 'I cannot solve this sum as it is very difficult.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2: Incorrect because it uses had been (past perfect), which is not the correct tense conversion for the original sentence.
  • Option 3: Incorrect because it maintains he and could, failing to revert to the first person and present tense required for direct speech.
  • Option 4: Incorrect because it changes the pronoun to you, which would mean the father cannot solve the sum, changing the meaning of the original sentence.
67

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.
The tourist said to me, "Can you give me the directions to the temple?"

  1. ((a))

    The tourist asked me if you could give me the directions to the temple.

  2. ((b))

    The tourist asked me if I could give him the directions to the temple.

  3. ((c))

    The tourist asked me if you could give him the directions to the temple.

  4. ((d))

    The tourist asked me if I can give him the directions to the temple.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

The tourist asked me if I could give him the directions to the temple.

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • Direct Speech: The tourist said to me, 'Can you give me the directions to the temple?'
  • Key Conversions:
  • Reporting Verb:
  • The reporting verb 'said to' is changed to 'asked' because the direct speech is an interrogative sentence.
  • Conjunction:
  • For Yes/No questions (starting with a modal verb like 'Can'), the conjunction 'if' or 'whether' is used to join the reporting clause and the reported speech.
  • Pronoun Changes:
  • The pronoun 'you' (second person) changes according to the object of the reporting verb ('me'), so it becomes 'I'.
  • The pronoun 'me' (first person) changes according to the subject of the reporting verb ('The tourist'), so it becomes 'him'.
  • Tense Change:
  • The modal verb 'can' changes to its past form 'could' because the reporting verb is in the past tense ('said').
  • Sentence Structure: In indirect speech, the question form is changed into an assertive form (Subject + Verb), and the question mark is replaced by a full stop.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 2.

 

Correct Sentence: 'The tourist asked me if I could give him the directions to the temple.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: 'The tourist asked me if you could give me...' Incorrect because the pronouns 'you' and 'me' are not changed.
  • Option 3: 'The tourist asked me if you could give him...' Incorrect because the pronoun 'you' is not changed to 'I' to reflect the listener.
  • Option 4: 'The tourist asked me if I can give him...' Incorrect because the tense of 'can' is not changed to 'could'.
68

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.
Do we have to accept this deal?

  1. ((a))

    This deal has to be accepted?

  2. ((b))

    Does this deal have to be accepted?

  3. ((c))

    Why is this deal to be accepted?

  4. ((d))

    Is this deal to be accepted?

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Does this deal have to be accepted?

The correct answer is Does this deal have to be accepted?.

Key Points

  • The given sentence is an interrogative sentence in the Active Voice using the auxiliary verb do and the semi-modal expression have to followed by an infinitive.
  • The structure for an Active Voice question using 'do' and 'have to' is: Do/Does + Subject + have to + Verb (V1) + Object?
  • To convert this into Passive Voice, the object of the active sentence (this deal) becomes the subject of the passive sentence.
  • The structure for the Passive Voice of such sentences is: Do/Does + New Subject + have to be + Past Participle (V3) + (by + agent)?
  • In the passive form, the auxiliary Does is used because the new subject this deal is singular.
  • The infinitive phrase have to accept transforms into its passive counterpart have to be accepted.
  • Applying these rules, the sentence becomes: Does this deal have to be accepted?

 Additional Information

  • Interrogative Transformations:
  • If a sentence begins with do/does/did in active voice, the passive voice begins with an appropriate form of be (is/am/are/was/were) or retains the do/does structure depending on the presence of have to.
  • Since have to is treated as a semi-modal verb, the do-support is maintained in the interrogative passive form.
  • The word accepted is the Past Participle form of the verb accept, which is mandatory for all passive constructions.
  • Incorrect options like Is this deal to be accepted? change the grammatical nuance by omitting the necessity implied by the word have.
69

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.
The company will launch a new product next month.

  1. ((a))

    A new product will be launched by the company next month.

  2. ((b))

    A new product should be launched by the company next month.

  3. ((c))

    A new company will be launched by the product next month.

  4. ((d))

    A new product is to be launched by the company next month.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

A new product will be launched by the company next month.

The correct answer is A new product will be launched by the company next month.

Key Points

  • The original sentence is in the Active Voice and follows the structure of the Future Indefinite Tense (Simple Future): Subject + will + Verb (V1) + Object.
  • To convert a Future Indefinite sentence into Passive Voice, the standard grammatical formula is: Object + will be + Past Participle (V3) + by + Subject.
  • In the given sentence, The company is the Subject, will launch is the Verb, and a new product is the Object.
  • During conversion, the Object (A new product) moves to the Subject position, the auxiliary will is followed by be, and the main verb launch changes to its V3 form, launched.
  • The original Subject (The company) is placed after the preposition by, resulting in the correct passive construction.

 Additional Information

  • Active vs. Passive Voice Rules:
  • Tense Consistency: The Passive Voice must maintain the same Tense as the Active Voice; changing will to should or is to alters the Modal meaning and Intent of the sentence.
  • Subject-Object Swap: The Recipient of the Action must become the Grammatical Subject in the passive form to ensure clarity.
  • Transitive Verbs: Only sentences containing Transitive Verbs (verbs that take an object) can be effectively converted into Passive Voice.
70

Parts of the following sentence have been given as options. One of them may contain an error. Select the part that contains the error from the given options. If you don't find any error, mark 'No error' as your answer.
My mother give me fresh carrot juice every evening.

  1. ((a))

    No error

  2. ((b))

    fresh carrot juice

  3. ((c))

    My mother give me

  4. ((d))

    every evening

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

My mother give me

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • The error lies in the subject-verb agreement in the first part of the sentence.
  • The subject 'My mother' is a third-person singular noun.
  • According to the rules of Simple Present Tense, when the subject is singular (he, she, it, or a singular noun), the verb must take the 's' or 'es' suffix.
  • The verb 'give' should be corrected to 'gives' to match the singular subject.
  • Thus, the error is located in part 3 of the sentence.

Therefore, the correct answer is My mother give me.

 

Correct Sentence: 'My mother gives me fresh carrot juice every evening.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2: 'fresh carrot juice' – This is a noun phrase acting as the object and is grammatically correct.
  • Option 4: 'every evening' – This is an adverbial phrase of frequency commonly used with the simple present tense to indicate a habit.
  • Subject-Verb Rule: Singular Subject + Verb(s/es); Plural Subject + Base Verb (e.g., They give, She gives).
71

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in reported speech.
Sandhya said to me, "Would you like to have some herbal tea?"

  1. ((a))

    Sandhya asked me if I would like to have some herbal tea.

  2. ((b))

    Sandhya told me that she would give me some herbal tea.

  3. ((c))

    Sandhya told me to have some herbal tea.

  4. ((d))

    Sandhya asked me that would you like to have some herbal tea.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Sandhya asked me if I would like to have some herbal tea.

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • Direct Speech: Sandhya said to me, 'Would you like to have some herbal tea?'
  • Key Conversions:
  • Reporting Verb: Since the direct speech is an interrogative sentence (a question), the reporting verb 'said to' is changed to 'asked'.
  • Conjunction: For Yes/No questions (questions starting with auxiliary verbs like 'Would'), we use 'if' or 'whether' as a connector in indirect speech.
  • Pronoun Change: The second-person pronoun 'you' changes according to the object of the reporting verb ('me'), thus becoming 'I'.
  • Sentence Structure: The interrogative form (Would you...) is changed into the assertive form (I would...) in indirect speech.
  • Tense: The modal 'would' remains 'would' as it is already in the past/conditional form.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 1.

 

Correct Sentence: 'Sandhya asked me if I would like to have some herbal tea.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2: Changes the meaning to a statement about giving tea, rather than asking a question.
  • Option 3: Changes the polite question into an imperative command or suggestion, losing the original 'Would you like' context.
  • Option 4: Incorrect because 'that' and 'would' cannot be used together as connectors in this manner, and it fails to change the pronoun 'you' and the sentence structure to assertive.
72

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.
"Let's go for a walk in the park," he said.

  1. ((a))

    He suggested that they should go for a walk in the park.

  2. ((b))

    He requested that we should go for a walk in the park.

  3. ((c))

    He said that let's go for a walk in the park.

  4. ((d))

    He told us to go for a walk in the park.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

He suggested that they should go for a walk in the park.

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • Direct Speech: ‘Let’s go for a walk in the park,’ he said.
  • Key Conversions:
  • "Let’s" (Let us) becomes "suggested that they should"
  • Sentences starting with Let’s usually express a suggestion or a proposal.
  • In indirect speech, the reporting verb said is changed to suggested or proposed.
  • The phrase Let’s is replaced by that they/we should.
  • Pronoun Change:
  • The inclusive us (in Let’s) changes to they when the speaker is reporting a suggestion made to a group that may not include the current reporter.
  • Conjunction:
  • The conjunction that is used to introduce the reported clause.
  • Structure:
  • The structure follows: Subject + suggested + that + they/we + should + base verb.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 1.

 

Correct Sentence: He suggested that they should go for a walk in the park.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2: ‘He requested that we should go for a walk in the park.’
  • The reporting verb requested is incorrect as Let’s signifies a suggestion, not a formal request.
  • Option 3: ‘He said that let’s go for a walk in the park.’
  • This incorrectly retains the word let’s in indirect speech, which is grammatically improper.
  • Option 4: ‘He told us to go for a walk in the park.’
  • The reporting verb told changes the tone from a collaborative suggestion to a command or a simple statement.
73

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in reported speech.
Aditya said to Kavya, "What do you prefer to do in your free time – painting or basketball practice?"

  1. ((a))

    Aditya asked Kavya that what you prefer to do in your free time – painting or basketball practice.

  2. ((b))

    Aditya asked Kavya what does she prefer to do in her free time – painting or basketball practice.

  3. ((c))

    Aditya asked Kavya what she preferred to do in her free time – painting or basketball practice.

  4. ((d))

    Aditya asked Kavya what did she prefer to do in her free time – painting or basketball practice.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Aditya asked Kavya what she preferred to do in her free time – painting or basketball practice.

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • Direct Speech: Aditya said to Kavya, 'What do you prefer to do in your free time – painting or basketball practice?'
  • Key Conversions:
  • Reporting Verb: In interrogative sentences, the reporting verb said to is changed into asked.
  • Conjunction: When a direct question begins with a Wh-word (what, where, who, etc.), no external conjunction like 'that' is used; the Wh-word itself acts as the connector.
  • Tense Change: The direct speech is in the Simple Present Tense ('do you prefer'). In reported speech, this must be converted to the Simple Past Tense ('she preferred').
  • Pronoun Change: The second-person pronoun you changes according to the object 'Kavya', becoming she. Similarly, the possessive adjective your changes to her.
  • Sentence Structure: The interrogative form ('do you prefer') is changed into an assertive form ('she preferred') in indirect speech.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 3.

 

Correct Sentence: 'Aditya asked Kavya what she preferred to do in her free time - painting or basketball practice.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: Incorrect because it uses the conjunction that along with what, and fails to change the pronouns and tense.
  • Option 2: Incorrect because it retains the interrogative word order ('does she prefer') and the present tense, which is not allowed in reported speech for past reporting verbs.
  • Option 4: Incorrect because it uses the auxiliary verb did, which maintains an interrogative structure rather than the required assertive structure in indirect speech.
74

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.
She said, "I am going to the park."

  1. ((a))

    She said that she is going to the park.

  2. ((b))

    She said she will go to the park.

  3. ((c))

    She said that she was going to the park.

  4. ((d))

    She said she may be going to the park.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

She said that she was going to the park.

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • Direct Speech: She said, 'I am going to the park.'
  • Key Conversions:
  • 'I am going' becomes 'she was going'
  • The first-person pronoun 'I' changes to the third-person 'she' to match the subject of the reporting verb.
  • The Present Continuous tense ('am going') changes to the Past Continuous tense ('was going') because the reporting verb ('said') is in the past tense.
  • Reporting Verb and Conjunction:
  • The reporting verb 'said' remains 'said'.
  • The conjunction 'that' is used to introduce the reported speech after removing the comma and quotation marks.
  • Structure: The sentence follows the standard rule where direct speech in the present continuous tense shifts to past continuous when converted to indirect speech.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 3.

 

Correct Sentence: 'She said that she was going to the park.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: 'She said that she is going to the park.' - Incorrect because the tense 'is going' (present) was not changed to the past tense.
  • Option 2: 'She said she will go to the park.' - Incorrect because it changes the meaning to a future action ('will go') which is not in the original sentence.
  • Option 4: 'She said she may be going to the park.' - Incorrect because it introduces modality/uncertainty ('may') which was not present in the original statement.
75

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in reported speech.

Avika says, "I have completed the math assignment."

  1. ((a))

    Avika says that she had completed the math assignment.

  2. ((b))

    Avika says that I have completed the math assignment.

  3. ((c))

    Avika says that she has completed the math assignment.

  4. ((d))

    Avika said that she has completed the math assignment.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Avika says that she has completed the math assignment.

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • Reporting Verb in Present Tense: When the reporting verb is in the present tense (e.g., says), the tense of the verb in the reported speech does not change. Therefore, the present perfect tense have completed remains in the present perfect tense form.
  • Key Conversions:
  • 'says' remains 'says':
  • The reporting verb says is preserved as it is followed by the conjunction that.
  • Pronoun Change:
  • The first-person pronoun I in the direct speech changes to the third-person feminine pronoun she to agree with the subject Avika.
  • Verb Agreement:
  • With the singular pronoun she, the auxiliary verb changes from have to has to maintain subject-verb agreement in the present perfect tense (has completed).

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 3.

 

Correct Sentence: 'Avika says that she has completed the math assignment.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: 'Avika says that she had completed the math assignment.'
  • Incorrect because the tense is changed to the past perfect (had completed), which is wrong since the reporting verb is in the present tense.
  • Option 2: 'Avika says that I have completed the math assignment.'
  • Incorrect because the pronoun I is not updated to refer to Avika.
  • Option 4: 'Avika said that she has completed the math assignment.'
  • Incorrect because the reporting verb is changed from the present tense says to the past tense said.
76

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select 'No improvement required'.

Since last evening, the boy has been complaining with pain in his legs.

  1. ((a))

    from

  2. ((b))

    of

  3. ((c))

    for

  4. ((d))

    No improvement required

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

of

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • The primary issue in the sentence is the incorrect use of the preposition with after the verb complaining.
  • When expressing a physical ailment or symptom, the verb complain is standardly followed by the preposition of.
  • The phrase complain of means to state that one is suffering from a particular symptom or illness.
  • Therefore, with should be replaced by of to make the sentence grammatically correct.

Therefore, the correct answer is of.

 

Correct Sentence: 'Since last evening, the boy has been complaining of pain in his legs.'

 

Additional Information

  • From: This is often used with suffer (e.g., suffering from pain), but is not the standard idiomatic choice with complain in a medical context.
  • For: This preposition is used when expressing the reason for a complaint to an authority, not for describing a symptom.
  • Complain about: This is generally used for expressing dissatisfaction with a situation or person (e.g., complaining about the noise).
  • No improvement required: This is incorrect because the original preposition with is non-standard in this grammatical structure.
77

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.
My daughter said, "I might go out to the Mall with my friends tonight."

  1. ((a))

    My daughter said that I might go out to the Mall with her friends tonight.

  2. ((b))

    My daughter said that she may go out to the Mall with her friends that night.

  3. ((c))

    My daughter said that she might go out to the Mall with her friends that night.

  4. ((d))

    My daughter said that she might go out to the Mall with my friends tonight.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

My daughter said that she might go out to the Mall with her friends that night.

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • Direct Speech: My daughter said, 'I might go out to the Mall with my friends tonight.'
  • Key Conversions:
  • Pronoun Change:
  • The first-person pronoun 'I' in direct speech refers to the speaker (the daughter). In indirect speech, it changes to 'she'.
  • The possessive adjective 'my' (friends) changes to 'her' to match the subject.
  • Modal Verb Change:
  • The modal verb 'might' is already in its past form. In reported speech, 'might' typically remains unchanged.
  • Time Adverb Change:
  • The word 'tonight' changes to 'that night' when converting from direct to indirect speech to reflect the shift in time perspective.
  • Reporting Verb and Conjunction:
  • The reporting verb 'said' is followed by the conjunction 'that' to introduce the reported clause.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 3.

 

Correct Sentence: 'My daughter said that she might go out to the Mall with her friends that night.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: Incorrect because it fails to change the pronoun 'I' and the time adverb 'tonight'.
  • Option 2: Incorrect because it changes 'might' to 'may'. In indirect speech, we move the tense backward or keep it in the past form; we do not move from past back to present.
  • Option 4: Incorrect because it fails to change the possessive adjective 'my' and the time adverb 'tonight'.
78

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in reported speech.

She said, "I don't want to attend the meeting."

  1. ((a))

    She said that she doesn't want to attend the meeting.

  2. ((b))

    She told that she did not want to attend the meeting.

  3. ((c))

    She said that she did not want to attend the meeting.

  4. ((d))

    She said that I don't want to attend the meeting.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

She said that she did not want to attend the meeting.

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • Direct Speech: She said, 'I don't want to attend the meeting.'
  • Key Conversions:
  • Reporting Verb: Since the reporting verb 'said' is in the past tense, the tense of the reported speech must change accordingly (Backshift).
  • Pronoun Change: The first-person pronoun 'I' changes to the third-person pronoun 'she' to match the subject of the reporting verb.
  • Tense Change: The Present Simple ('don't want') changes to the Past Simple ('did not want').
  • Conjunction: The conjunction 'that' is used to introduce the reported clause in assertive sentences.
  • Sentence Structure: The comma and quotation marks are removed, and the sentence ends with a full stop.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 3.

 

Correct Sentence: 'She said that she did not want to attend the meeting.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: While the grammar is similar, in standard objective exams, the most formal and grammatically precise version (often including the full expansion of contractions or matching the specific key) is preferred. In this case, Option 3 is the designated correct choice.
  • Option 2: 'She told' is incorrect because the verb 'tell' must be followed by an indirect object (e.g., She told me that...). Since there is no listener mentioned, 'said' should be retained.
  • Option 4: This option fails to change the pronoun ('I') to 'she' and fails to change the tense ('don't') to the past tense, making it grammatically incorrect for reported speech.
79

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.
The mechanic did not fix the car yesterday.

  1. ((a))

    The mechanic was not fixed by the car yesterday.

  2. ((b))

    The car had not been fixed by the mechanic yesterday.

  3. ((c))

    The car was not fixed by the mechanic yesterday.

  4. ((d))

    The car did not fix by the mechanic yesterday.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

The car was not fixed by the mechanic yesterday.

The correct answer is The car was not fixed by the mechanic yesterday.

Key Points

  • The original sentence is in the Active Voice and follows the Simple Past Tense structure: Subject + did + not + base verb (V1) + Object. Hence, the sentence 'The mechanic did not fix the car yesterday' follows this rule.
  • To convert a Simple Past Tense negative sentence into Passive Voice, the structure must change to: New Subject (original object) + was/were + not + Past Participle (V3) + by + New Object (original subject). Hence, the correct transformation involves using was not fixed.
  • The object of the active sentence, the car, becomes the subject of the passive sentence. Since the car is singular, the auxiliary verb was is required. Hence, the correct construction is 'The car was not...'.
  • The main verb 'fix' must be converted into its third form or Past Participle, which is fixed. Hence, the phrase becomes 'The car was not fixed'.
  • The agent or doer (the mechanic) is introduced using the preposition by at the end of the clause. Hence, the final structure is 'The car was not fixed by the mechanic yesterday'.

 Additional Information

  • Verb Tense Consistency:
  • In Passive Voice, the tense of the original sentence must be maintained. The use of did indicates Past Indefinite, which strictly requires was/were in passive form.
  • The option using had not been is incorrect as it represents Past Perfect Tense, which changes the original meaning and temporal context.
  • The option The car did not fix is grammatically incorrect in passive form because it lacks the to be verb and the past participle.
  • Passive voice is commonly used when the action or the receiver of the action is more important than the performer.
80

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.
Are the students discussing the upcoming exam in the library?

  1. ((a))

    Has the upcoming exam been discussed by the students in the library?

  2. ((b))

    Is the upcoming exam being discussed by the students in the library?

  3. ((c))

    What upcoming exam is being discussed by the students in the library?

  4. ((d))

    Was the upcoming exam being discussed by the students in the library?

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Is the upcoming exam being discussed by the students in the library?

The correct answer is Is the upcoming exam being discussed by the students in the library?.

Key Points

  • The original sentence is an interrogative sentence in the Present Continuous Tense, following the structure: Is/Am/Are + Subject + Verb-ing + Object?
  • To convert a Present Continuous question into Passive Voice, the structure must change to: Is/Am/Are + New Subject (Object of Active Voice) + being + Past Participle (V3) + by + New Object (Subject of Active Voice)?
  • The Active Subject is the students (plural), and the Active Object is the upcoming exam (singular).
  • In the passive form, the auxiliary verb must agree with the new singular subject the upcoming exam, therefore Is is used at the beginning of the sentence.
  • The continuous nature of the action is maintained by adding the word being before the Past Participle form of the verb discuss, which is discussed.
  • The prepositional phrase in the library remains in its relative position to provide circumstantial context.

 Additional Information

  • Verb Tense Logic:
  • Has... been discussed represents the Present Perfect Tense, which indicates a completed action rather than one currently in progress.
  • Was... being discussed represents the Past Continuous Tense, changing the timeline of the event from the present to the past.
  • What upcoming exam... changes the sentence into a Wh- question, which alters the fundamental meaning and intent of the original Yes/No question.
  • Voice Transformation Rules:
  • Subject-Object Swap: The performer of the action (students) moves to the end of the sentence following the agentive by.
  • Auxiliary Verb Placement: In Passive Interrogative forms, the auxiliary verb remains at the front to maintain the questioning tone.
81

The following sentence has been split into four segments. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.
Imagine taking a trip to Northern India / a century or so before the Common Era / using the recently discovering technology / of time travel.

  1. ((a))

    using the recently discovering technology

  2. ((b))

    of time travel

  3. ((c))

    Imagine taking a trip to Northern India

  4. ((d))

    a century or so before the Common Era

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

using the recently discovering technology

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • The error lies in the usage of the present participle 'discovering' in the phrase 'using the recently discovering technology.'
  • In this context, the technology is the object that has been discovered; it is not performing the action of discovering.
  • Therefore, the past participle form 'discovered' should be used as an adjective to modify the noun 'technology.'
  • The correct phrase should be 'using the recently discovered technology.'

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 1.

 

Correct Sentence: 'Imagine taking a trip to Northern India a century or so before the Common Era using the recently discovered technology of time travel.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2: 'of time travel' – This is a prepositional phrase correctly modifying 'technology' and contains no error.
  • Option 3: 'Imagine taking a trip to Northern India' – This is the main clause of the sentence and is grammatically sound.
  • Option 4: 'a century or so before the Common Era' – This is a temporal phrase correctly indicating the time period and contains no error.
  • Participle usage: Use Present Participle (V-ing) when the noun is the doer of the action (e.g., a crying baby). Use Past Participle (V3) when the noun receives the action or is in a particular state (e.g., a broken window).
82

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select 'No improvement required'.

A questionnaire will distributing to all the participants at the end of the session.

  1. ((a))

    will distribute

  2. ((b))

    will be distributed

  3. ((c))

    will be distributing

  4. ((d))

    No improvement required

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

will be distributed

The correct answer is will be distributed.

Key Points

  • The sentence is written in the Passive Voice because the subject, A questionnaire, is the receiver of the action rather than the performer. Hence, the original underlined part 'will distributing' is incorrect.
  • In the Future Indefinite Tense (Passive Voice), the standard grammatical structure is Subject + will/shall + be + Past Participle (V3). Hence, statement 'will be distributed' is correct.
  • The term distributed is the Past Participle form of the verb distribute, which is required after will be to indicate an action that will happen to the subject in the future. Hence, the usage of 'will be distributed' aligns with formal English syntax.
  • The phrase will distributing is grammatically invalid as will must be followed by a base verb or be + V-ing for continuous tense, but since a questionnaire cannot perform the act of distributing itself, the Passive construction is mandatory. Hence, the improvement is required.

 Additional Information

  • Verb Tense Variations:
  • Future Simple (Active): Uses will + V1 (e.g., The coordinator will distribute the forms). This is used when the subject is the doer.
  • Future Continuous (Active): Uses will + be + V-ing (e.g., He will be distributing the forms). This indicates an ongoing action in the future.
  • Future Simple (Passive): Uses will + be + V3. This is the correct choice here as it emphasizes the object being acted upon.
  • Contextual Usage: In academic or professional settings, instructions involving documents like a questionnaire, survey, or feedback form typically utilize the Passive Voice to maintain a formal tone and focus on the procedure.
83

Parts of the following sentence have been given as options. One of them may contain an error. Select the part that contains the error from the given options. If you don't find any error, mark 'No error' as your answer.
We had coffee to the university café last evening.

  1. ((a))

    to the university café

  2. ((b))

    last evening

  3. ((c))

    We had coffee

  4. ((d))

    No error

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

to the university café

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • The error lies in the incorrect use of the preposition to in the first part of the sentence.
  • The preposition to is used to indicate a direction or destination (e.g., I am going to the café).
  • In this context, the sentence refers to a specific location where an action (drinking coffee) took place. Therefore, the preposition at or in should be used.
  • The correct phrase should be at the university café or in the university café.
  • Thus, the error is located in part 1 of the sentence.

Therefore, the correct answer is 1.

 

Correct Sentence: "We had coffee at the university café last evening."

 

Additional Information

  • We had coffee: This part is grammatically correct. Had is the past tense of have, used here to mean consumed.
  • Last evening: This is a correct adverbial phrase of time indicating when the action occurred in the past.
  • At vs. To: Use at for a point or specific station/place and to for movement toward a destination. Since they were already there consuming coffee, at is required.
84

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blanks.
He walked ________ the park and later strolled ________ the riverbank.

  1. ((a))

    besides; about

  2. ((b))

    over; through

  3. ((c))

    against; across

  4. ((d))

    through; along

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

through; along

The correct answer is 'through; along'.

 

Key Points

  • The preposition 'through' is used when moving from one side of an enclosed space or an area with boundaries (like a park or a forest) to the other.
  • The preposition 'along' is used to indicate movement in a line next to something long and thin, such as a riverbank, a road, or a path.
  • In the first blank, 'through' correctly describes walking across the area of the park. In the second blank, 'along' correctly describes moving parallel to the length of the riverbank.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 4.

 

Complete Sentence: "He walked through the park and later strolled along the riverbank."

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: 'besides' means 'in addition to', which does not fit the context of movement; 'about' indicates around but is less precise than along.
  • Option 2: 'over' usually implies crossing from one side to another above a surface; 'through' is not typically used for a riverbank.
  • Option 3: 'against' implies opposition or physical contact with a vertical surface; 'across' would mean moving from one side of the river to the other, not strolling beside it.
85

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in reported speech.
Mother said to Amayra, "Did you finish your homework?"

  1. ((a))

    Mother asked Amayra if she had finished her homework.

  2. ((b))

    Mother asked Amayra if she has finished her homework.

  3. ((c))

    Mother asked Amayra have you finished your homework.

  4. ((d))

    Mother asked Amayra did you finished your homework.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Mother asked Amayra if she had finished her homework.

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • Reported Speech: The given sentence is an interrogative sentence starting with an auxiliary verb (Did).
  • Key Conversions:
  • Reporting Verb: 'said to' changes to 'asked' because the sentence is a question.
  • Connector: For Yes/No questions, the comma and inverted commas are replaced by 'if' or 'whether'.
  • Tense Change: The Simple Past tense ('Did finish') changes to the Past Perfect tense ('had finished').
  • Pronoun Change: The second-person pronoun 'you' changes to 'she' (referring to Amayra), and the possessive adjective 'your' changes to 'her'.
  • Structure: The interrogative form is converted into an assertive form in reported speech, meaning the subject comes before the verb and the question mark is replaced by a full stop.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 1.

 

Correct Sentence: 'Mother asked Amayra if she had finished her homework.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2: Uses 'has finished' (Present Perfect), which is incorrect as the past tense must shift further into the past.
  • Option 3: Fails to use the connector 'if/whether' and does not change the tense or sentence structure to assertive.
  • Option 4: Maintains the Simple Past tense and incorrect question structure within the reported clause.
86

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blanks.
________ team of two girls succeeded in reaching ________ top of K2, the second highest mountain in the world.

  1. ((a))

    A; the

  2. ((b))

    A; a

  3. ((c))

    The; No word required

  4. ((d))

    The; a

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

A; the

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • The first blank requires the indefinite article 'A' because it refers to a singular countable noun (team) that is being introduced for the first time in the context.
  • The phrase 'A team of' is a standard way to introduce a specific group without prior mention.
  • The second blank requires the definite article 'the' because it refers to a specific point or location (top) of a particular entity (K2).
  • Nouns that are unique or refer to a specific part of a whole (like the top, the bottom, the middle) generally take the definite article 'the'.
  • Thus, the correct sequence of articles is 'A' and 'the'.

Therefore, the correct answer is A; the.

 

Correct Sentence: 'A team of two girls succeeded in reaching the top of K2, the second highest mountain in the world.'

 

Additional Information

  • Article 'A': Used before words beginning with a consonant sound to denote something non-specific or mentioned for the first time.
  • Article 'The': Used before superlative degrees (e.g., the second highest) and before unique geographical points (e.g., the top).
  • Note that while mountain ranges (like the Himalayas) take the article 'the', individual mountain peaks (like K2 or Everest) typically do not take an article before their names.
87

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blanks.
He gave ________ the gift before ________ left for the airport.

  1. ((a))

    I; she

  2. ((b))

    her; she

  3. ((c))

    her; her

  4. ((d))

    she; her

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

her; she

The correct answer is 'her; she'.

 

Key Points

  • The first blank requires an object pronoun because it follows the verb gave. The pronoun acts as the receiver of the action.
  • Between the given options, her is an objective case pronoun, whereas I and she are subjective case pronouns.
  • The second blank requires a subject pronoun because it acts as the subject of the verb left in the subordinate clause.
  • She is a subjective case pronoun, while her is an objective or possessive case pronoun.
  • Therefore, the combination her; she is grammatically correct.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 2.

 

Complete Sentence: "He gave her the gift before she left for the airport."

 

Additional Information

  • Subject Pronouns: I, you, he, she, it, we, they. (Used as the doer of the action).
  • Object Pronouns: me, you, him, her, it, us, them. (Used as the receiver of the action).
  • In Option 1, I is a subject pronoun and cannot be the object of gave.
  • In Option 3, the second her is an object pronoun and cannot be the subject of left.
  • In Option 4, she is a subject pronoun (cannot follow gave) and her is an object pronoun (cannot precede left).
88

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.
The chef prepared a delicious meal for the guests.

  1. ((a))

    A delicious meal was prepared for the guests by the chef.

  2. ((b))

    A delicious meal is prepared for the guests by the chef.

  3. ((c))

    A delicious meal was preparing for the guests by the chef.

  4. ((d))

    A delicious meal was being prepared for the guests by the chef.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

A delicious meal was prepared for the guests by the chef.

The correct answer is A delicious meal was prepared for the guests by the chef.

Key Points

  • The original sentence The chef prepared a delicious meal for the guests is in the Active Voice and uses the Simple Past Tense. Hence, the sentence structure follows Subject + Verb (V2) + Object.
  • To convert a Simple Past Tense sentence from active to passive voice, the rule is: Object + was/were + Past Participle (V3) + by + Subject. Hence, the conversion requires the auxiliary verb 'was' followed by 'prepared'.
  • In this sentence, The chef is the Subject, prepared is the Verb, and a delicious meal is the Direct Object. Hence, 'a delicious meal' becomes the new subject in the passive construction.
  • The phrase for the guests is an adjunct or prepositional phrase that remains attached to the action. Hence, the passive form correctly positions the agent 'by the chef' at the end or after the main action.

 Additional Information

  • Passive Voice Transformations based on Tense:
  • Simple Present: Uses is/am/are + V3. This does not match the past tense of the original sentence.
  • Past Continuous: Uses was/were + being + V3. This is used when the active voice contains 'was/were + V-ing'.
  • Past Perfect: Uses had + been + V3. This is used when the active voice contains 'had + V3'.
  • Agent: The preposition 'by' is used to introduce the doer of the action in a passive sentence.
  • Subject-Verb Agreement: Since a delicious meal is a singular noun, the auxiliary verb was must be used instead of were.
89

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in direct speech.
Mother asked Rubani if she was sorry for what she had done.

  1. ((a))

    Mother said to Rubani, "Are you sorry for what she did?"

  2. ((b))

    Mother said to Rubani, "Were you sorry for what you have done?"

  3. ((c))

    Mother said to Rubani, "Are you sorry for what you have done?"

  4. ((d))

    Mother said to Rubani, "Do you feel sorry for what you are doing?"

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Mother said to Rubani, "Are you sorry for what you have done?"

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • Indirect Speech: Mother asked Rubani if she was sorry for what she had done.
  • Key Conversions:
  • 'asked' becomes 'said to'
  • The reporting verb asked is changed back to said to in direct speech when addressing a person.
  • 'if she was sorry' becomes 'Are you sorry'
  • The conjunction if is removed, and the sentence is converted into an interrogative form.
  • The pronoun she (referring to Rubani) changes to you.
  • The past tense was changes to the present tense are to reflect direct speech.
  • 'what she had done' becomes 'what you have done'
  • The past perfect had done is converted back to the present perfect have done.
  • The pronoun she changes to you to maintain consistency with the listener.
  • Punctuation and Format:
  • The reported speech is enclosed within quotation marks.
  • A comma is used after the reporting clause.
  • The sentence inside the quotes starts with a capital letter and ends with a question mark (?).

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 3.

 

Correct Sentence: 'Mother said to Rubani, "Are you sorry for what you have done?"'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: Uses she did which is grammatically inconsistent with the address to Rubani and changes the original tense sequence.
  • Option 2: Uses Were you sorry, which is the simple past tense. The indirect speech was sorry indicates a state in the present tense relative to the time of speaking.
  • Option 4: Uses what you are doing, changing the meaning from a completed action (past perfect) to an ongoing action (present continuous).
90

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.
"I love the way you have decorated the room," she said, smiling warmly.

  1. ((a))

    Smiling warmly, she said that she had loved the way I had decorated the room.

  2. ((b))

    Smiling warmly, she said that I love the way you decorated the room.

  3. ((c))

    Smiling warmly, she said that she loves the way I decorated the room.

  4. ((d))

    Smiling warmly she said that she loved the way I had decorated the room.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Smiling warmly she said that she loved the way I had decorated the room.

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • Direct Speech: "I love the way you have decorated the room," she said, smiling warmly.
  • Key Conversions:
  • Reporting Verb and Participle: The phrase smiling warmly is a present participle phrase that describes the manner of speaking; it remains consistent in indirect speech. The reporting verb said remains said.
  • Pronoun Change:
  • The first-person pronoun I changes to she to match the subject of the reporting verb.
  • The second-person pronoun you (referring to the listener) changes to I (assuming the speaker is addressing the narrator).
  • Tense Change:
  • The Present Simple verb love changes to the Past Simple loved.
  • The Present Perfect have decorated changes to the Past Perfect had decorated.
  • Conjunction: The word that is used to introduce the reported clause.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 4.

 

Correct Sentence: Smiling warmly she said that she loved the way I had decorated the room.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: "Smiling warmly, she said that she had loved the way I had decorated the room." - This is incorrect because had loved (Past Perfect) is not the correct conversion for the Present Simple "love".
  • Option 2: "Smiling warmly, she said that I love the way you decorated the room." - This fails to change the pronouns and the tenses to the past.
  • Option 3: "Smiling warmly, she said that she loves the way I decorated the room." - This maintains the Present Tense "loves", which is grammatically incorrect when the reporting verb is in the past.
91

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.
"Don't forget to bring your umbrella," he said to her.

  1. ((a))

    He told her don't forget to bring her umbrella.

  2. ((b))

    He reminded her to bring her umbrella.

  3. ((c))

    He reminded her not to forget to bring your umbrella.

  4. ((d))

    He told her to bring your umbrella.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

He reminded her to bring her umbrella.

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • Direct Speech: "Don't forget to bring your umbrella," he said to her.
  • Key Conversions:
  • Reporting Verb: The phrase "Don't forget" functions as a reminder. Therefore, the reporting verb 'said to' is appropriately changed to 'reminded' in indirect speech to convey the correct intent.
  • Verb Tense and Mood: Negative imperatives (Don't + verb) are typically changed to 'not to + verb'. However, when using the verb 'reminded', we can simplify 'reminded her not to forget to bring' to 'reminded her to bring' as they carry the same meaning.
  • Pronoun Change: The second-person possessive pronoun 'your' changes to the third-person possessive pronoun 'her' to match the object of the reporting verb (her).
  • Structure: The sentence follows the pattern: Subject + reminded + object + to-infinitive.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 2.

 

Correct Sentence: He reminded her to bring her umbrella.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: "He told her don't forget to bring her umbrella." - This is grammatically incorrect because it lacks the necessary conjunction or infinitive structure (to/not to) required for indirect imperatives.
  • Option 3: "He reminded her not to forget to bring your umbrella." - While 'reminded her not to forget' is technically possible, this option fails because it keeps the pronoun 'your' instead of changing it to 'her'.
  • Option 4: "He told her to bring your umbrella." - This option also fails due to the incorrect pronoun 'your' and loses the nuance of the original reminder.
92

Parts of the following sentence have been given as options. Select the option that contains an error.
The ancient trees of this forest did not propagate in the release of seeds.

  1. ((a))

    the release of seeds

  2. ((b))

    this forest did not

  3. ((c))

    The ancient trees of

  4. ((d))

    propagate in

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

propagate in

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • The error lies in the phrase propagate in, specifically in the usage of the preposition in.
  • The verb propagate means to reproduce or spread. In this context, the sentence describes the method or mechanism by which the trees reproduce.
  • The correct preposition to use here is by or through to indicate the means of reproduction.
  • Therefore, the phrase should be propagate by the release of seeds or propagate through the release of seeds.

Therefore, the correct answer is 4.

 

Correct Sentence: The ancient trees of this forest did not propagate by the release of seeds.

 

Additional Information

  • The ancient trees of: This part is correct as it identifies the subject of the sentence.
  • this forest did not: This part correctly sets the location and the negative past tense.
  • the release of seeds: This part is grammatically sound, acting as the object indicating the biological process.
  • Prepositional errors occur when the wrong connecting word is used to show the relationship between a verb/noun and the rest of the sentence.
93

The following sentence has been divided into parts. One of them may contain an error. Select the part that contains the error from the given options. If you don't find any error, mark 'No error' as your answer.
She use to eat / a lot of chocolates / when she was a child.

  1. ((a))

    when she was a child

  2. ((b))

    No error

  3. ((c))

    a lot of chocolates

  4. ((d))

    She use to eat

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

She use to eat

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • The error lies in the phrase She use to eat.
  • To describe past habits or states that no longer exist, the semi-modal verb used to must be used in its past tense form.
  • The base form use to is grammatically incorrect in an affirmative sentence referring to the past; it should be used to.
  • Therefore, the error is located in part 4 of the sentence.

Therefore, the correct answer is 4.

 

Correct Sentence: 'She used to eat a lot of chocolates when she was a child.'

 

Additional Information

  • Used to + Verb (base form): This structure is used for habitual actions in the past (e.g., I used to play football).
  • Negative and Interrogative: In negative sentences or questions involving did, the 'd' is dropped: 'She did not use to eat' or 'Did she use to eat?'.
  • A lot of chocolates: This is a correct phrase where a lot of acts as a quantifier for the plural countable noun chocolates.
  • When she was a child: This is a correctly structured adverbial clause of time set in the past tense.
94

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank.
She decided ________ the challenging task of learning a new language during her summer break.

  1. ((a))

    undertook

  2. ((b))

    to undertake

  3. ((c))

    undertake

  4. ((d))

    to undertaking

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

to undertake

The correct answer is 'to undertake'.

 

Key Points

  • Certain verbs in English, such as decide, hope, plan, agree, and want, are typically followed by a to-infinitive (to + base form of the verb).
  • In the given sentence, the verb "decided" requires a to-infinitive to express the action that was chosen.
  • The phrase "to undertake" correctly completes the grammatical structure of the sentence.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 2.

 

Complete Sentence: "She decided to undertake the challenging task of learning a new language during her summer break."

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: "undertook" is the simple past tense; two main finite verbs ("decided" and "undertook") cannot follow each other without a conjunction or relative pronoun.
  • Option 3: "undertake" is the bare infinitive, which is not used after the verb "decide."
  • Option 4: "to undertaking" is grammatically incorrect as "to" is followed by the base form, not the -ing form, in this context.
95

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in direct speech.
Rahul asked his mother if she had prepared the carrot halwa for him.

  1. ((a))

    Rahul said to his mother, "Have you prepared the carrot halwa for me?"

  2. ((b))

    Rahul said to his mother, "Had she prepared the carrot halwa for him?"

  3. ((c))

    Rahul said to his mother, "Are you preparing the carrot halwa for him?"

  4. ((d))

    Rahul told to his mother, "Has she prepared the carrot halwa for me?"

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Rahul said to his mother, "Have you prepared the carrot halwa for me?"

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • Indirect Speech: Rahul asked his mother if she had prepared the carrot halwa for him.
  • Key Conversions:
  • "if she had prepared" becomes "Have you prepared"
  • The conjunction 'if' indicates that the direct speech was a Yes/No question.
  • The Past Perfect tense ('had prepared') in indirect speech changes back to the Present Perfect tense ('Have prepared') in direct speech.
  • The pronoun 'she' (referring to the mother) changes to 'you' in direct speech.
  • "for him" becomes "for me"
  • The pronoun 'him' (referring to Rahul) changes to 'me' to reflect the first-person perspective of the speaker in direct speech.
  • Reporting verb:
  • The reporting verb 'asked' is changed to 'said to' in the direct speech format.
  • Punctuation and Format:
  • The direct speech must be enclosed in quotation marks.
  • It must begin with a capital letter and end with a question mark as it is an interrogative sentence.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 1.

 

Correct Sentence: 'Rahul said to his mother, "Have you prepared the carrot halwa for me?"'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2: Uses 'Had she' and 'him', which fails to revert the tense and pronouns back to the direct speech perspective.
  • Option 3: Changes the tense to Present Continuous ('Are you preparing'), which does not match the original 'had prepared'.
  • Option 4: Uses 'told to' (grammatically incorrect usage) and keeps the third-person pronoun 'she' inside the quotes.
96

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select 'No improvement required'.
No sooner as I saw the boy running across the road, I applied the brakes.

  1. ((a))

    As soon as I saw

  2. ((b))

    No improvement required

  3. ((c))

    No soon as I saw

  4. ((d))

    No sooner I see

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

As soon as I saw

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • The original phrase 'No sooner as I saw' is grammatically incorrect because the correlative conjunction 'No sooner' must always be followed by 'than'.
  • Additionally, 'No sooner' requires inversion (e.g., No sooner did I see...), which is not present in the given sentence.
  • The phrase 'As soon as' is used to show that one action happens immediately after another. It does not require a specific correlative partner like 'than' and follows standard sentence structure.
  • The sentence implies that the moment the speaker saw the boy, they applied the brakes. Therefore, 'As soon as I saw' is the most appropriate and grammatically sound improvement.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 1.

 

Correct Sentence: 'As soon as I saw the boy running across the road, I applied the brakes.'

 

Additional Information

  • No sooner... than: If we used this structure, the sentence would be: 'No sooner did I see the boy... than I applied the brakes.'
  • No soon as I saw: This is an incorrect idiom; 'soon' is an adverb and does not function this way in comparative structures.
  • No sooner I see: This is incorrect because it lacks the necessary inversion and the tense (present) does not match the second part of the sentence (past tense 'applied').
  • Hardly/Scarcely... when: These are other alternatives used to show immediate succession, e.g., 'Hardly had I seen the boy... when I applied the brakes.'
97

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select 'No improvement required'.
The movie was not only interesting but also it was very suspenseful.

  1. ((a))

    but also very suspenseful

  2. ((b))

    but also it is very suspenseful

  3. ((c))

    but also was more suspenseful

  4. ((d))

    No improvement required

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

but also very suspenseful

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • The sentence uses the correlative conjunction pair not only... but also.
  • The principle of parallelism requires that the grammatical structures following both parts of the conjunction must be identical.
  • In the first part, not only is followed by the adjective interesting. Therefore, but also should be followed directly by the adjective very suspenseful without repeating the subject and verb (it was).
  • Removing it was makes the sentence more concise and grammatically balanced.

Therefore, the correct answer is but also very suspenseful.

 

Correct Sentence: 'The movie was not only interesting but also very suspenseful.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2: This option changes the tense to the present (is), which is inconsistent with the past tense used in the first part of the sentence (was).
  • Option 3: This introduces a comparative degree (more) which is unnecessary and changes the intended meaning of the original sentence.
  • Option 4: This is incorrect because the original sentence contains redundant words that break the parallel structure.
98

The following sentence has been divided into parts. One of them may contain an error. Select the part that contains the error from the given options. If you don't find any error, mark 'No error' as your answer.
Kavya finishes / her homework / before having dinner.

  1. ((a))

    her homework

  2. ((b))

    Kavya finishes

  3. ((c))

    before having dinner

  4. ((d))

    No error

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

No error

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • The sentence 'Kavya finishes her homework before having dinner' is grammatically sound.
  • The subject 'Kavya' is a third-person singular noun, and it correctly takes the singular verb 'finishes' in the Simple Present Tense.
  • The phrase 'her homework' correctly uses the possessive adjective 'her' to refer to Kavya.
  • The prepositional phrase 'before having dinner' uses the gerund 'having' correctly to indicate an action that occurs after the completion of the homework.
  • Since there are no grammatical, structural, or contextual mistakes, the sentence is error-free.

Therefore, the correct answer is No error.

 

Correct Sentence: 'Kavya finishes her homework before having dinner.'

 

Additional Information

  • Simple Present Tense: Used for habitual actions or daily routines. Structure: Subject + V1(s/es) + Object.
  • Gerunds after Prepositions: It is a standard rule in English to use the -ing form (gerund) of a verb after prepositions like 'before' or 'after' when they function as prepositions.
  • Possessive Adjectives: Since the subject is female (Kavya), the use of 'her' is perfectly appropriate.
99

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank.
Anna decided to embark on a challenging journey to learn Mandarin, hoping ______ the language fluently within a year.

  1. ((a))

    for speaking

  2. ((b))

    to speak

  3. ((c))

    to speaking

  4. ((d))

    to have spoken

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

to speak

The correct answer is 'to speak'.

 

Key Points

  • The verb hope is typically followed by a to-infinitive (to + base form of the verb) when expressing an intention or a desire for a future action.
  • In this context, Anna has the goal of achieving fluency in the future; therefore, the structure hoping to speak is grammatically correct.
  • Option 2 correctly uses the to-infinitive form to complete the purpose of her journey.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 2.

 

Complete Sentence: "Anna decided to embark on a challenging journey to learn Mandarin, hoping to speak the language fluently within a year."

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: "for speaking" is incorrect because the verb hope does not take the preposition for followed by a gerund in this structure.
  • Option 3: "to speaking" is incorrect because to here is part of the infinitive, not a preposition, so it must be followed by the base verb speak.
  • Option 4: "to have spoken" is the perfect infinitive; it suggests an action completed in the past relative to the time of hoping, which does not fit the future-oriented goal of the sentence.
100

Parts of the following sentence have been given as options. One of them may contain an error. Select the part that contains the error from the given options. If you don't find any error, mark 'No error' as your answer.

There were frequent landslides in the Jammu-Srinagar Highway during the monsoons.

  1. ((a))

    There were frequent landslides

  2. ((b))

    during the monsoons

  3. ((c))

    in the Jammu-Srinagar Highway

  4. ((d))

    No error

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

in the Jammu-Srinagar Highway

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • The error lies in the use of the preposition in in the phrase in the Jammu-Srinagar Highway.
  • When referring to locations or events occurring along a road, path, or highway, the correct preposition to use is on.
  • A highway is considered a surface or a line of travel; therefore, objects or events (like landslides) occur on the highway, not in it.
  • Thus, the error is located in part 3 of the sentence.

Therefore, the correct answer is in the Jammu-Srinagar Highway.

 

Correct Sentence: 'There were frequent landslides on the Jammu-Srinagar Highway during the monsoons.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: 'There were frequent landslides' – This part is grammatically correct as landslides is a plural noun and matches the plural verb were.
  • Option 2: 'during the monsoons' – This part correctly uses the preposition during to indicate a period of time.
  • Prepositional usage: Use in for enclosed spaces (e.g., in a room) and on for surfaces or specific lines of transport (e.g., on a road, on a street).
101

The following sentence has been split into four segments. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.
The teacher asked the class / to be quiet while she / explained the new assignment, / but nobody is listening.

  1. ((a))

    to be quiet while she

  2. ((b))

    explained the new assignment

  3. ((c))

    but nobody is listening

  4. ((d))

    The teacher asked the class

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

but nobody is listening

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • The primary error in the sentence is an inconsistency in tense.
  • The sentence begins in the Simple Past Tense with the verb asked and the subsequent clause explained.
  • To maintain grammatical parallelism and logical flow, the final clause must also be in the past tense. The phrase is listening (Present Continuous) should be changed to was listening (Past Continuous).
  • Thus, the error is located in the segment but nobody is listening.

Therefore, the correct answer is 3.

 

Correct Sentence: 'The teacher asked the class to be quiet while she explained the new assignment, but nobody was listening.'

 

Additional Information

  • The teacher asked the class: This is the main clause in the Past Indefinite tense and is grammatically correct.
  • to be quiet while she: This uses an infinitive phrase (to be) and a subordinating conjunction (while) correctly.
  • explained the new assignment: This maintains the Past Tense consistency established by the word 'asked'.
  • In English grammar, when describing a sequence of events or a state of being in the past, all related verbs should generally reflect the past timeframe.
102

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in reported speech.

They say, "We are working on a new project."

  1. ((a))

    They say that we are working on a new project.

  2. ((b))

    They say that they are working on a new project.

  3. ((c))

    They say that they were working on a new project.

  4. ((d))

    They say that we were working on a new project.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

They say that they were working on a new project.

When the reporting verb is in the present tense ('say'), the tense of the reported speech does not change. 'We' changes to 'they'.

103

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.
The mother said, "I am busy today".

  1. ((a))

    The mother said that she was busy that day.

  2. ((b))

    The mother said that she is busy today.

  3. ((c))

    The mother told that I am busy today.

  4. ((d))

    The mother told that she was busy today.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

The mother said that she was busy that day.

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • Direct Speech: The mother said, 'I am busy today'.
  • Key Conversions:
  • 'I' becomes 'she'
  • The first-person pronoun 'I' in direct speech changes according to the subject of the reporting verb (The mother), thus becoming 'she'.
  • 'am' becomes 'was'
  • Since the reporting verb 'said' is in the past tense, the present continuous/simple present tense inside the quotes changes to the simple past.
  • 'today' becomes 'that day'
  • Words expressing nearness in time are generally changed into words expressing distance. 'Today' is replaced by 'that day' in indirect speech.
  • Reporting verb:
  • The reporting verb 'said' remains 'said' because there is no object mentioned (it is not 'said to me').
  • Punctuation and Format:
  • The comma and quotation marks are removed.
  • The conjunction 'that' is used to introduce the reported clause.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 1.

 

Correct Sentence: The mother said that she was busy that day.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2: 'The mother said that she is busy today.'
  • Incorrect because the tense ('is') and time adverb ('today') have not been changed to reflect the past reporting.
  • Option 3: 'The mother told that I am busy today.'
  • Incorrect because 'told' requires an object (e.g., 'told me'), the pronoun 'I' is not changed, and the tense remains in the present.
  • Option 4: 'The mother told that she was busy today.'
  • Incorrect because 'today' has not been changed to 'that day', and 'told' is used without a listener.
104

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.
The courier gave my parcel to my neighbour in my absence.

  1. ((a))

    My parcel needs to be given to my neighbour by the courier in my absence.

  2. ((b))

    My neighbour was given to my parcel by the courier in my absence.

  3. ((c))

    My parcel was given to my neighbour by the courier in my absence.

  4. ((d))

    My parcel had been given to my neighbour by the courier in my absence.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

My parcel was given to my neighbour by the courier in my absence.

The correct answer is My parcel was given to my neighbour by the courier in my absence.

Key Points

  • The original sentence is in the Active Voice and uses the Simple Past Tense, as indicated by the verb gave.
  • In Active Voice, the structure follows: Subject (The courier) + Verb (gave) + Direct Object (my parcel) + Indirect Object (to my neighbour).
  • To convert a Simple Past Tense sentence into Passive Voice, the structure must be: Subject (formerly the object) + was/were + past participle (V3) + by + Object (formerly the subject).
  • The Direct Object my parcel is singular; therefore, it must be paired with the auxiliary verb was followed by the past participle of give, which is given.
  • The phrase in my absence is an adverbial adjunct and remains unchanged in its relative position to maintain the original meaning.
  • Combining these elements, the sentence becomes: My parcel (Subject) + was given (Verb) + to my neighbour + by the courier (Agent) + in my absence.

 Additional Information

  • Verb Tense Variations:
  • Needs to be given: This reflects a Modal Passive indicating necessity or obligation, which changes the original factual past statement.
  • Was given to my parcel: This construction is grammatically incorrect as it suggests the neighbor was handed over to the parcel, reversing the logical semantic roles.
  • Had been given: This represents the Past Perfect Passive, which is used to describe an action completed before another point in the past, rather than a simple past occurrence.
  • Voice Transformation Rules:
  • The Subject of the active sentence becomes the Object of the passive sentence, usually introduced by the preposition by.
  • The Object of the active sentence becomes the Subject of the passive sentence.
  • The Main Verb is always changed into its Third Form (V3) regardless of the original tense.
105

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in direct speech.
I told my daughter that I would pick her up from school that week.

  1. ((a))

    I said to my daughter, "I would pick her up from school that week."

  2. ((b))

    I said to my daughter, "I will pick you up from school this week."

  3. ((c))

    I said to my daughter, "I will pick her up from school that week."

  4. ((d))

    I said to my daughter, "I will be picking her up from school this week."

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

I said to my daughter, "I will pick you up from school this week."

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • Indirect Speech: I told my daughter that I would pick her up from school that week.
  • Key Conversions:
  • 'would' becomes 'will'
  • In direct speech, the future tense (will) is used, which changes to would in indirect speech when the reporting verb is in the past tense.
  • 'her' becomes 'you'
  • The pronoun her refers to the daughter (the listener). In direct speech, the speaker addresses the listener as you.
  • 'that week' becomes 'this week'
  • Time expressions change from proximity to distance. This week in direct speech becomes that week in indirect speech.
  • Reporting verb:
  • 'told' is converted to 'said to' when followed by an object (my daughter) in direct speech.
  • Punctuation and Format:
  • The reporting clause I said to my daughter is followed by a comma.
  • The direct speech is enclosed in double quotation marks and begins with a capital letter.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 2.

 

Correct Sentence: 'I said to my daughter, "I will pick you up from school this week."'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: Incorrect because it retains would, her, and that week, which are features of indirect speech.
  • Option 3: Incorrect because it fails to change the pronoun her to you and the time expression that week back to this week.
  • Option 4: Incorrect because it changes the tense to future continuous (will be picking) and fails to change the pronoun her to you.
106

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select 'No improvement required'.
Linguists say that this method helps accelerate language learning.

  1. ((a))

    this method helping accelerating

  2. ((b))

    this method help accelerate

  3. ((c))

    No improvement required

  4. ((d))

    this method helps accelerated

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

No improvement required

The correct answer is No improvement required.

Key Points

  • The sentence uses the phrase this method helps accelerate, where this method serves as a singular subject. According to the rules of Subject-Verb Agreement, a singular subject in the Simple Present Tense must be followed by a singular verb, which is formed by adding -s or -es. Hence, the verb helps is grammatically correct.
  • The verb help is a unique English verb that can be followed by a bare infinitive (the base form of a verb without to) or a full infinitive (with to). In this context, accelerate is a bare infinitive acting as the object of the verb helps. Hence, helps accelerate is a standard and correct construction.
  • The word this is a demonstrative adjective modifying the singular noun method, maintaining numerical consistency throughout the noun phrase. Hence, the underlined portion requires no changes.

 Additional Information

  • Verb Patterns with Help:
  • Help + Object + Verb: For example, She helped him finish his homework.
  • Help + Verb: For example, This tool helps organize files.
  • Help + To + Verb: While less common in modern casual English, helps to accelerate is also grammatically acceptable.
  • Analysis of Incorrect Forms:
  • Helping accelerating: This creates a participle mismatch and lacks a finite verb to support the subject this method.
  • Help accelerate: This creates a Subject-Verb Agreement error because help is a plural verb form, but the subject method is singular.
  • Helps accelerated: The use of a past participle (accelerated) after the verb help is grammatically incorrect in this causative-style structure.
107

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.
All the arrangements will have been completed by the hotel staff by the time the PM reaches here.

  1. ((a))

    The hotel staff have completed all the arrangements by the time the PM reaches here.

  2. ((b))

    The hotel staff will have completed all the arrangements by the time the PM reaches here.

  3. ((c))

    The hotel staff will complete all the arrangements by the time the PM reaches here.

  4. ((d))

    The hotel staff will be completing all the arrangements by the time the PM reaches here.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

The hotel staff will have completed all the arrangements by the time the PM reaches here.

The correct answer is The hotel staff will have completed all the arrangements by the time the PM reaches here.

Key Points

  • The original sentence is in the Passive Voice of the Future Perfect Tense, identified by the structure will have been + past participle (V3).
  • To convert a Future Perfect sentence into Active Voice, the auxiliary been is removed, and the subject and object are interchanged.
  • The structure for Active Voice in Future Perfect Tense is: Subject + will have + past participle (V3) + Object.
  • In this sentence, the agent performing the action is the hotel staff, which becomes the Subject in the active form.
  • The action will have been completed changes to will have completed to maintain the correct tense and voice alignment.
  • The phrase by the time the PM reaches here is a time clause and remains unchanged as it provides the temporal context for the completion of the action.
  • The resulting sentence The hotel staff will have completed all the arrangements by the time the PM reaches here correctly follows these grammatical transformations.

 Additional Information

  • Verb Tense Variations:
  • Future Indefinite: Uses will + V1 (e.g., will complete). This indicates a simple future action without the completion aspect required by the original sentence.
  • Future Continuous: Uses will be + V-ing (e.g., will be completing). This implies an ongoing action in the future rather than one that is finished.
  • Present Perfect: Uses have + V3 (e.g., have completed). This refers to an action completed in the past with relevance to the present, which contradicts the Future context provided.
  • Future Perfect: Specifically used to describe an action that will be finished by a certain point in the future, often marked by by the time or by next year.
108

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select 'No improvement required'.
I saw that movie last week and it was really interesting.

  1. ((a))

    I see that movie

  2. ((b))

    No improvement required

  3. ((c))

    I was seeing that movie

  4. ((d))

    I seen that movie

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

No improvement required

The correct answer is No improvement required.

Key Points

  • The sentence uses the Simple Past Tense, which is the correct grammatical structure for actions that were completed at a specific time in the past.
  • The presence of the adverbial phrase last week acts as a definite time marker, necessitating the use of the V2 form of the verb.
  • The verb saw is the past tense (V2) of the irregular verb see, following the pattern see (V1) - saw (V2) - seen (V3).
  • According to English grammar rules, when a sentence mentions a finished time period like yesterday, last week, or in 1990, the Past Simple must be used instead of the Present Perfect or Past Continuous.
  • The second part of the sentence, it was really interesting, is also in the Simple Past Tense, maintaining tense consistency throughout the statement.

 Additional Information

  • Analysis of Incorrect Options:
  • I see that movie: This uses the Simple Present Tense, which is incorrect because the action occurred in the past (last week).
  • I was seeing that movie: This represents the Past Continuous Tense; while grammatically possible for ongoing actions, the verb see is a stative verb (verb of perception) and is rarely used in continuous forms unless it means 'meeting' or 'dating'.
  • I seen that movie: This is grammatically incorrect as seen is a past participle (V3) and cannot function as the main verb of a sentence without an auxiliary verb like 'have' or 'had'.
  • Verb Conjugation of 'See':
  • Base Form (V1): See - Used for present habits or general truths.
  • Past Simple (V2): Saw - Used for completed actions in the past.
  • Past Participle (V3): Seen - Used in Perfect Tenses or Passive Voice.
109

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.
The scientist conducted a series of ground-breaking experiments, revealing new insights into the nature of dark matter.

  1. ((a))

    A series of ground-breaking experiments are conducted by the scientist, revealing new insights into the nature of dark matter.

  2. ((b))

    A series of ground-breaking insights were conducted by the scientist, revealing new experiments into the nature of dark matter.

  3. ((c))

    A series of ground-breaking experiments were conducted by the scientist, revealing new insights into the nature of dark matter.

  4. ((d))

    A series of ground-breaking experiments have been conducted by the scientist, revealing new insights into the nature of dark matter.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

A series of ground-breaking experiments were conducted by the scientist, revealing new insights into the nature of dark matter.

The correct answer is A series of ground-breaking experiments were conducted by the scientist, revealing new insights into the nature of dark matter.

Key Points

  • The original sentence is in the Active Voice and uses the Simple Past Tense, as indicated by the verb conducted. Hence, statement 1 is incorrect as it uses the present tense.
  • In Passive Voice transformations for the Simple Past Tense, the structure follows: Subject (Receiver) + was/were + Past Participle (V3) + by + Object (Doer).
  • The phrase A series of ground-breaking experiments serves as the new subject; since series refers to a collection of plural items (experiments) and the action is completed in the past, the auxiliary verb were is appropriate for plural focus in this context. Hence, statement 3 is correct.
  • The Present Perfect form have been conducted changes the original tense and temporal meaning of the sentence. Hence, statement 4 is incorrect.
  • The second option incorrectly swaps the nouns insights and experiments, which alters the logical meaning of the original statement. Hence, statement 2 is incorrect.

 Additional Information

  • Active vs. Passive Voice:
  • In the Active Voice, the Subject (the scientist) performs the action (conducted).
  • In the Passive Voice, the Subject (a series of experiments) receives the action, emphasizing the result rather than the performer.
  • Tense Maintenance:
  • When converting voices, the Tense must remain consistent. Simple Past remains Simple Past (was/were conducted), and does not shift to Present Tense (are conducted) or Present Perfect (have been conducted).
  • Participle Phrases:
  • The phrase revealing new insights... is a Present Participle Phrase acting as an adverbial modifier; it remains unchanged in the transformation as it describes the result of the main action.
110

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.

Was the food finished by Kavya?

  1. ((a))

    Does Kavya finish the food?

  2. ((b))

    Has Kavya finished the food?

  3. ((c))

    Had Kavya finished the food?

  4. ((d))

    Did Kavya finish the food?

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Did Kavya finish the food?

The correct answer is Did Kavya finish the food?.

Key Points

  • The given sentence is in the Passive Voice and follows the structure of an Interrogative Sentence in the Simple Past Tense.
  • The structure for a Simple Past Tense interrogative sentence in Passive Voice is: Was/Were + Subject + Past Participle (V3) + by + Object?
  • To convert this into Active Voice, the Simple Past Tense interrogative structure must be used: Did + Subject + Base Form of the Verb (V1) + Object?
  • In the passive sentence, the food is the grammatical subject and Kavya is the object of the preposition by.
  • When converting to active voice, Kavya becomes the subject, the auxiliary Was is replaced by Did, and the past participle finished reverts to its base form finish.
  • Following these rules, the sentence becomes: Did Kavya finish the food?

 Additional Information

  • Verb Tense Consistency:
  • Does Kavya finish the food? uses the Simple Present Tense (Do/Does + Subject + V1), which does not match the past tense of the original sentence.
  • Has Kavya finished the food? uses the Present Perfect Tense (Has/Have + Subject + V3), which indicates a completed action in the present context.
  • Had Kavya finished the food? uses the Past Perfect Tense (Had + Subject + V3), typically used to describe an action completed before another point in the past.
  • The Simple Past Tense (Did) is strictly used for actions that occurred at a specific time in the past, matching the Was + Subject + V3 passive construction.
111

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.

The dinner will have been prepared by my sisters.

  1. ((a))

    My sisters will have prepared the dinner.

  2. ((b))

    My sisters will be preparing the dinner.

  3. ((c))

    The dinner will have prepared my sisters.

  4. ((d))

    My sisters will prepare the dinner.

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

My sisters will have prepared the dinner.

The correct answer is My sisters will have prepared the dinner.

Key Points

  • The given sentence is in the Passive Voice and follows the structure of the Future Perfect Tense.
  • The structure for Passive Voice in the Future Perfect Tense is: Object + will/shall + have been + Past Participle (V3) + by + Subject.
  • To convert this into Active Voice, the Subject of the passive sentence (my sisters) becomes the Agent performing the action at the start of the sentence.
  • The structure for Active Voice in the Future Perfect Tense is: Subject + will/shall + have + Past Participle (V3) + Object.
  • Applying this rule, my sisters (subject) is followed by will have and the Past Participle form of the verb prepared, ending with the object the dinner.
  • Therefore, the sentence My sisters will have prepared the dinner correctly maintains the tense integrity and grammatical logic of the original statement.

 Additional Information

  • Future Perfect Tense:
  • This tense is used to describe an action that will be completed between now and some point in the future.
  • It identifies a deadline or a specific point of completion.
  • Common Errors in Voice Conversion:
  • Tense Shift: Moving from Future Perfect to Future Continuous (will be preparing) or Simple Future (will prepare) is a common mistake that changes the temporal meaning.
  • Subject-Object Reversal: Changing the logical roles (e.g., suggesting the dinner is preparing the sisters) results in a semantic error.
112

The following sentence has been split into four segments. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

India's coastline stretches / for over 7,500 kilometres, / to offer a plethora of / must visit beaches and coastal destinations.

  1. ((a))

    for over 7,500 kilometres,

  2. ((b))

    must visit beaches and coastal destinations.

  3. ((c))

    India's coastline stretches

  4. ((d))

    to offer a plethora of

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

to offer a plethora of

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • The error lies in the phrase 'to offer a plethora of' (Part 4).
  • The sentence describes a general fact or characteristic of the coastline. In such structures, the present participle form (offering) is used to show a result or an additional detail that accompanies the main action.
  • Using the infinitive 'to offer' implies a purpose or intention (as if the coastline stretches with the specific goal of offering beaches), which is semantically less appropriate than the resultative participle 'offering'.
  • The phrase should be corrected to 'offering a plethora of' to ensure smooth flow and grammatical accuracy.

Therefore, the correct answer is 4.

 

Correct Sentence: 'India's coastline stretches for over 7,500 kilometres, offering a plethora of must visit beaches and coastal destinations.'

 

Additional Information

  • Part 1: 'for over 7,500 kilometres,' correctly uses the preposition 'for' to indicate the extent of the distance.
  • Part 2: 'must visit beaches and coastal destinations.' is correct, though 'must-visit' is often hyphenated when used as a compound adjective.
  • Part 3: 'India's coastline stretches' uses the correct possessive form and singular verb agreement.
  • Plethora: This noun means a large or excessive amount of something, and it is correctly followed by the preposition 'of'.
113

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select 'No improvement required'.
She runs more faster than her brother in the track events.

  1. ((a))

    runs fast than

  2. ((b))

    No improvement required

  3. ((c))

    runs faster than

  4. ((d))

    runs more fast than

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

runs faster than

The correct answer is runs faster than.

Key Points

  • The sentence requires the use of a comparative degree of the adverb fast to compare the running speed of the subject with her brother.
  • The word fast is a monosyllabic adverb that forms its comparative degree by adding the suffix -er, resulting in the form faster.
  • The use of more faster is grammatically incorrect because it creates a double comparative; more should not be used with adjectives or adverbs that already have an -er ending.
  • The conjunction than is correctly used to introduce the second element in a comparison.
  • Therefore, the redundant more must be removed to maintain grammatical precision in Standard English.

 Additional Information

  • Degrees of Comparison:
  • Positive Degree: This is the base form of an adjective or adverb (e.g., fast, slow, intelligent) used when no comparison is being made.
  • Comparative Degree: Used to compare two entities. Short words take -er (e.g., taller, quicker), while longer words (typically two or more syllables) take more (e.g., more beautiful, more efficiently).
  • Superlative Degree: Used to compare three or more entities, typically involving the suffix -est (e.g., fastest) or the word most (e.g., most difficult).
  • Grammar Rule - Double Comparatives:
  • Applying both more and -er simultaneously is a common error in syntax. Examples such as more better, more taller, or more faster are always considered non-standard.
114

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select 'No improvement required'.
She had hoped that she would be able qualifying the CAT with a high percentile, but something went amiss.

  1. ((a))

    No improvement required

  2. ((b))

    would be able to be qualifying

  3. ((c))

    would be able to qualify

  4. ((d))

    will be able to qualify

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

would be able to qualify

The correct answer is would be able to qualify.

Key Points

  • The sentence is written in the Past Perfect Tense as indicated by the phrase She had hoped, which necessitates that subsequent clauses maintain tense consistency. Hence, the use of the past modal 'would' is grammatically correct.
  • The adjective able must be followed by a to-infinitive (to + base form of the verb) to express capability or possibility in a sentence. Hence, 'able to qualify' is the correct idiomatic structure.
  • The underlined portion would be able qualifying is incorrect because it lacks the preposition to and incorrectly uses the present participle (-ing form) instead of the infinitive. Hence, statement 1 is incorrect.
  • The phrase would be able to qualify correctly pairs the conditional modal with the infinitive phrase to describe an intended future action viewed from the past. Hence, statement 3 is correct.

 Additional Information

  • Will be able to qualify:
  • This option uses the future tense modal will, which creates a tense mismatch with the main verb had hoped.
  • According to the Sequence of Tenses, when the principal clause is in the past, subordinate clauses must also be in a past form.
  • Would be able to be qualifying:
  • This uses the continuous infinitive (to be + verb-ing), which is used for ongoing actions.
  • The verb qualify in the context of an examination like CAT (Common Admission Test) represents a perfective aspect or a completed achievement, making the continuous form contextually redundant.
  • Infinitive vs Gerund:
  • Certain adjectives like able, eager, ready, and prepared always take the infinitive (to + V1) rather than a gerund or participle.
115

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.

The gardener is planting flowers in the garden.

  1. ((a))

    Flowers will be planted in the garden by the gardener.

  2. ((b))

    Flowers are planted in the garden by the gardener.

  3. ((c))

    Flowers have been planted in the garden by the gardener.

  4. ((d))

    Flowers are being planted in the garden by the gardener.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Flowers are being planted in the garden by the gardener.

The correct answer is Flowers are being planted in the garden by the gardener.

Key Points

  • The given sentence is in the Present Continuous Tense, identified by the structure is/am/are + V1 + ing (is planting).
  • In Passive Voice, the object of the active sentence (Flowers) becomes the subject, and the subject (The gardener) becomes the agent introduced by the preposition by.
  • The specific conversion rule for the Present Continuous Tense requires the auxiliary verb is/am/are followed by being and the past participle (V3) of the main verb.
  • Since Flowers is a plural noun, the auxiliary verb are must be used to maintain Subject-Verb Agreement.
  • The structure follows the pattern: New Subject (Flowers) + are + being + V3 (planted) + by + agent (the gardener).
  • Applying these rules, the transformed sentence is Flowers are being planted in the garden by the gardener.

 Additional Information

  • Active vs. Passive Voice Transformations:
  • Simple Present: Uses is/am/are + V3. Option 2 follows this structure, which is incorrect for a continuous action.
  • Future Simple: Uses will be + V3. Option 1 represents this tense, which changes the original meaning.
  • Present Perfect: Uses has/have been + V3. Option 3 utilizes this structure, signifying a completed action rather than an ongoing one.
  • Continuous Aspect: The inclusion of being is mandatory in passive voice whenever the active voice uses a continuous (progressive) form to indicate that the action is currently in progress.
116

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.
Yesterday all the culprits were arrested.

  1. ((a))

    Yesterday the police were arresting all the culprits.

  2. ((b))

    Yesterday the police was arresting all the culprits.

  3. ((c))

    Yesterday the police had arrested all the culprits.

  4. ((d))

    Yesterday the police arrested all the culprits.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Yesterday the police arrested all the culprits.

The correct answer is Yesterday the police arrested all the culprits.

Key Points

  • The given sentence is in Passive Voice and follows the structure of the Simple Past Tense, identified by the auxiliary verb were followed by the Past Participle (V3) form of the verb arrested.
  • The standard structure for Passive Voice in the Simple Past Tense is: Subject + was/were + V3 + (by + Object).
  • To convert this into Active Voice, the Object of the passive sentence (which is implied as the police in the context of an arrest) must become the Subject.
  • The structure for Active Voice in the Simple Past Tense is: Subject + V2 (Past Tense) + Object.
  • In the correct option, the police serves as the Subject, arrested is the V2 form of the verb, and all the culprits serves as the Object, maintaining the original meaning and temporal context of Yesterday.

 Additional Information

  • Verb Tense Consistency:
  • Past Continuous Tense: Options using were arresting or was arresting indicate an ongoing action in the past, which does not match the completed action of the original sentence.
  • Past Perfect Tense: The use of had arrested indicates an action completed before another point in the past, which changes the grammatical aspect of the Simple Past statement.
  • Collective Nouns: In English grammar, police is a collective noun that is always treated as plural; therefore, using was with police is grammatically incorrect in standard British English or American English.
117

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select 'No improvement required'.
When I received the appointment letter from the college of Arts and Humanities, I was exhilarated.

  1. ((a))

    While I received

  2. ((b))

    When I receive

  3. ((c))

    No improvement required

  4. ((d))

    When I have received

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

No improvement required

The correct answer is No improvement required.

Key Points

  • The sentence is written in the Simple Past Tense, as indicated by the verb was in the main clause I was exhilarated. Hence, statement 3 is correct.
  • The use of the conjunction When is appropriate here to indicate a specific point in time when the action of receiving the letter occurred. Hence, statement 3 is correct.
  • The verb received is the V2 (past) form of the verb receive, which correctly matches the past state of being described in the second half of the sentence. Hence, statement 3 is correct.
  • The structure follows the rule of tense consistency, where a past event (receiving the letter) leads to a past emotional state (being exhilarated). Hence, statement 3 is correct.

 Additional Information

  • Verb Tense Analysis:
  • While I received: The conjunction While is typically used for continuous actions or two actions happening simultaneously over a duration, which does not fit the momentary act of receiving a letter.
  • When I receive: This is in the Simple Present Tense, which creates a tense mismatch with the past tense verb was in the following clause.
  • When I have received: This is in the Present Perfect Tense, which is used for actions completed in the past that have a connection to the present, making it grammatically incompatible with the past context of was exhilarated.
  • Exhilarated: This is an adjective meaning to feel extremely happy, animated, or elated, often used as a subject complement in past tense constructions.
118

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select 'No improvement required'.

Each of the students were asked to submit the project by the following day.

  1. ((a))

    Every of the students was asked

  2. ((b))

    No improvement required

  3. ((c))

    Each of the student was asked

  4. ((d))

    Each of the students was asked

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Each of the students was asked

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • The subject of the sentence is the distributive pronoun Each, which is always considered singular in nature.
  • According to the rules of Subject-Verb Agreement, a singular subject must be followed by a singular verb.
  • While the phrase Each of the is followed by a plural noun (students), the verb must agree with Each, not the plural noun.
  • Therefore, the plural verb were must be replaced with the singular verb was to make the sentence grammatically correct.

Therefore, the correct answer is Each of the students was asked.

 

Correct Sentence: 'Each of the students was asked to submit the project by the following day.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: 'Every of the students...' – This is grammatically incorrect because Every cannot be used directly with of; it must be followed by a noun or replaced by Every one of.
  • Option 2: 'No improvement required' – This is incorrect because the original sentence uses were, which violates the subject-verb agreement rule for Each.
  • Option 3: 'Each of the student...' – This is incorrect because the structure Each of the must always be followed by a plural noun (students) to indicate a selection from a group.
119

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.
Avika said to her father, "I have to stay back at school for dance practice today."

  1. ((a))

    Avika told her father that I have to stay back at school for dance practice today.

  2. ((b))

    Avika told her father that she had to stay back at school for dance practice that day.

  3. ((c))

    Avika told her father that she will have to stay back at school for dance practice that day.

  4. ((d))

    Avika told her father that she has to stay back at school for dance practice today.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Avika told her father that she had to stay back at school for dance practice that day.

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • Direct Speech: Avika said to her father, 'I have to stay back at school for dance practice today.'
  • Key Conversions:
  • 'said to' becomes 'told'
  • In assertive sentences, the reporting verb 'said to' is changed to 'told' when followed by an object (her father).
  • 'I' becomes 'she'
  • The first-person pronoun 'I' changes according to the subject of the reporting verb, which is 'Avika' (female).
  • 'have to' becomes 'had to'
  • Since the reporting verb is in the past tense ('said'), the present tense 'have to' changes to the past tense 'had to'.
  • 'today' becomes 'that day'
  • Words expressing nearness in time or place are changed into words expressing distance. 'Today' is always converted to 'that day' in indirect speech.
  • Punctuation and Format:
  • The comma and quotation marks are replaced by the conjunction 'that'.
  • The sentence becomes a statement ending with a full stop.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 2.

 

Correct Sentence: 'Avika told her father that she had to stay back at school for dance practice that day.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: Uses the pronoun 'I' and the word 'today', which fails to follow the rules of indirect speech conversion.
  • Option 3: Uses 'will have to', which incorrectly changes the tense to future.
  • Option 4: Uses 'has to' and 'today', failing to change the present tense and the time expression to the past.
120

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.
This book was loved by the students.

  1. ((a))

    The students are loving this book.

  2. ((b))

    The students have loved this book.

  3. ((c))

    The students love this book.

  4. ((d))

    The students loved this book.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

The students loved this book.

The correct answer is The students loved this book.

Key Points

  • The given sentence is in the Passive Voice, indicated by the structure Object + was + Past Participle (V3) + by + Subject.
  • The presence of was loved signifies that the sentence is in the Simple Past Tense.
  • To convert a Simple Past Tense sentence from passive to Active Voice, the structure must follow: Subject + Simple Past Verb (V2) + Object.
  • In the passive sentence, The students is the agent (doer), and this book is the recipient of the action.
  • When shifting to Active Voice, The students becomes the grammatical subject and the verb was loved changes to its V2 form, which is loved. Hence, the students loved this book is the correct active form.

 Additional Information

  • Rules for Tense Conversion:
  • Simple Present: If the active voice is love/loves, the passive would be is/am/are loved.
  • Present Continuous: If the active voice is are loving, the passive would be is/am/are being loved.
  • Present Perfect: If the active voice is have loved, the passive would be has/have been loved.
  • Simple Past: Since the passive uses was loved, the active must use the second form of the verb (loved) without auxiliary verbs like is, are, or have.
121

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in direct speech.
The teacher asked the students which lines of the poem they had not understood.

  1. ((a))

    The teacher said to the students, "Which lines of the poem they had not understood?"

  2. ((b))

    The teacher said to the students, "Which lines of the poem had you not understood?"

  3. ((c))

    The teacher said to the students, "Which lines of the poem you have not understood?"

  4. ((d))

    The teacher said to the students, "Which lines of the poem have they not understood?"

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

The teacher said to the students, "Which lines of the poem had you not understood?"

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • Indirect Speech: The teacher asked the students which lines of the poem they had not understood.
  • Key Conversions:
  • "they had not understood" becomes "had you not understood"
  • In direct speech, the Past Perfect tense (had not understood) can originate from the Past Perfect or Present Perfect. However, when looking at the options and the grammatical structure of a direct question, the pronoun must shift.
  • The pronoun 'they' (referring to students) changes to 'you' in direct speech to address the students directly.
  • In a direct question, the auxiliary verb (had) must come before the subject (you).
  • Reporting verb:
  • The indirect reporting verb 'asked' is converted to 'said to' in the direct speech format.
  • Punctuation and Format:
  • The direct speech is enclosed within quotation marks.
  • The sentence inside the quotes starts with a capital letter and ends with a question mark (?) because it is an interrogative sentence.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 2.

 

Correct Sentence: "The teacher said to the students, 'Which lines of the poem had you not understood?'"

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: Uses the third-person pronoun 'they' inside direct speech, which is incorrect when the teacher is speaking directly to the students.
  • Option 3: The word order 'you have not understood' is assertive, not interrogative. A question requires the auxiliary verb before the subject.
  • Option 4: Uses the pronoun 'they' instead of 'you', implying the teacher is asking about a third group, not the students being addressed.
122

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.
My grandmother called me to the worship place.

  1. ((a))

    The worship place was called by me to the grandmother.

  2. ((b))

    I called my grandmother to the worship place.

  3. ((c))

    I was called by my grandmother to the worship place.

  4. ((d))

    The grandmother was called by me to the worship place.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

I was called by my grandmother to the worship place.

The correct answer is I was called by my grandmother to the worship place.

Key Points

  • The given sentence is in the Active Voice and uses the Simple Past Tense (Subject + V2 + Object). Hence, the structure must change according to the rules of passive conversion.
  • The subject of the active sentence is My grandmother and the object is me. In the passive voice, the object me shifts to the subject position and becomes the pronoun I. Hence, the new sentence must begin with I.
  • For the Simple Past Tense, the passive construction follows the formula: Subject + was/were + past participle (V3) + by + Object. Hence, the verb called changes to was called.
  • The prepositional phrase to the worship place remains associated with the action to maintain the original meaning of the sentence. Hence, the final structure is I was called by my grandmother to the worship place.

 Additional Information

  • Voice Conversion Rules:
  • The Active Voice emphasizes the doer of the action, whereas the Passive Voice emphasizes the recipient or the action itself.
  • The pronoun me (objective case) always converts to I (nominative case) when it moves from the object position to the subject position.
  • The Past Participle form of the verb call is called, which is used in all passive voice variations regardless of the original tense.
  • In the Simple Past, was is used with singular subjects (I, He, She, It) and were is used with plural subjects (We, You, They).
123

The following sentence has been split into four segments. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.
Most than half of / the 14-18 year old children / in rural India can't solve / a simple division problem.

  1. ((a))

    Most than half of

  2. ((b))

    the 14-18 year-old children

  3. ((c))

    a simple division problem

  4. ((d))

    in rural India can't solve

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Most than half of

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • The error lies in the phrase Most than half of.
  • The word than is used for comparisons. When indicating a quantity that exceeds a certain amount, the correct comparative phrase is More than.
  • Most is a superlative adjective and cannot be followed by than in this context.
  • Therefore, the correct expression should be More than half of to indicate a proportion greater than 50 percent.

Therefore, the correct answer is 1.

 

Correct Sentence: 'More than half of the 14-18 year old children in rural India can't solve a simple division problem.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2: 'the 14-18 year-old children' – This describes the subject group correctly and is grammatically sound.
  • Option 3: 'a simple division problem' – This is a correct use of the indefinite article a followed by a singular countable noun phrase.
  • Option 4: 'in rural India can't solve' – This part correctly identifies the location and uses the contraction for cannot properly.
124

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.
She said, "I will meet you at the cafe at 3 p.m."

  1. ((a))

    She told me that she will meet you at the cafe at 3 p.m.

  2. ((b))

    She asked me if she would meet me at the cafe at 3 p.m.

  3. ((c))

    She told me that she would meet me at the cafe at 3 p.m.

  4. ((d))

    She told me that I will meet you at the cafe at 3 p.m.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

She told me that she would meet me at the cafe at 3 p.m.

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • Direct Speech: She said, ‘I will meet you at the cafe at 3 p.m.’
  • Key Conversions:
  • "I will" becomes "she would"
  • The first-person pronoun ‘I’ changes to ‘she’ to match the subject of the reporting verb.
  • The modal verb ‘will’ changes to its past form ‘would’ because the reporting verb ‘said’ is in the past tense.
  • "you" becomes "me"
  • The second-person pronoun ‘you’ changes to ‘me’ (assuming the speaker is addressing the listener).
  • Reporting verb and Conjunction:
  • The reporting verb ‘said’ can be changed to ‘told me’ when an object is implied.
  • The conjunction ‘that’ is used to introduce the reported clause in assertive sentences.
  • Punctuation and Format:
  • Quotation marks and commas are removed in indirect speech.
  • The sentence ends with a full stop.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 3.

 

Correct Sentence: ‘She told me that she would meet me at the cafe at 3 p.m.’

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: ‘She told me that she will meet you at the cafe at 3 p.m.’
  • Incorrect because ‘will’ is not changed to ‘would’ and ‘you’ is not changed to ‘me’.
  • Option 2: ‘She asked me if she would meet me at the cafe at 3 p.m.’
  • Incorrect because ‘asked’ and ‘if’ are used for questions, but the original sentence is a statement.
  • Option 4: ‘She told me that I will meet you at the cafe at 3 p.m.’
  • Incorrect because pronouns and tenses are not updated correctly, changing the entire meaning of the sentence.
125

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in direct speech.
The official from the Metrological Department predicted that there would be heavy fog in Delhi the next day.

  1. ((a))

    The official from the Metrological Department said, "Delhi will experience heavy fog tomorrow."

  2. ((b))

    The official from the Metrological Department said, "Heavy fog will descend in Delhi tomorrow."

  3. ((c))

    The official from the Metrological Department said, "There would be heavy fog in Delhi the next day."

  4. ((d))

    The official from the Metrological Department said, "There will be heavy fog in Delhi tomorrow."

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

The official from the Metrological Department said, "There will be heavy fog in Delhi tomorrow."

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • Indirect Speech: The official from the Metrological Department predicted that there would be heavy fog in Delhi the next day.
  • Key Conversions:
  • ‘there would be’ becomes ‘There will be’
  • In reported speech, will changes to would. To convert back to direct speech, the modal would reverts to its original form will.
  • The introductory word that is replaced by a comma and quotation marks.
  • ‘the next day’ becomes ‘tomorrow’
  • Time expressions like the next day or the following day in indirect speech are converted back to tomorrow in direct speech.
  • Reporting verb:
  • The verb predicted indicates a statement about the future. While converting to direct speech, it is commonly replaced by said followed by the actual statement.
  • Punctuation and Format:
  • The spoken words are enclosed within quotation marks.
  • The first letter inside the quotes ‘T’ is capitalized.
  • The sentence ends with a full stop inside the quotation marks.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 4.

 

Correct Sentence: ‘The official from the Metrological Department said, “There will be heavy fog in Delhi tomorrow.”’

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: ‘The official from the Metrological Department said, “Delhi will experience heavy fog tomorrow.”’
  • Changes the sentence structure and verb (experience) which was not present in the original indirect speech.
  • Option 2: ‘The official from the Metrological Department said, “Heavy fog will descend in Delhi tomorrow.”’
  • Introduces a new verb descend, altering the original wording ‘there would be’.
  • Option 3: ‘The official from the Metrological Department said, “There would be heavy fog in Delhi the next day.”’
  • Incorrect because it fails to revert the tense (would) and time expression (the next day) back to their direct forms.
126

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select 'No improvement required'.
He asked the speaker some questions until the session.

  1. ((a))

    during

  2. ((b))

    through

  3. ((c))

    No improvement required

  4. ((d))

    while

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

during

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • The primary issue in the sentence is the use of the preposition until, which indicates a point in time up to which an action continues.
  • The sentence describes an action (asking questions) occurring within the time frame of an event (the session).
  • The preposition during is used to denote that something happened throughout the course or duration of a period of time or an event.
  • Therefore, during is the most grammatically appropriate choice to show when the questions were asked.

Therefore, the correct answer is during.

 

Correct Sentence: 'He asked the speaker some questions during the session.'

 

Additional Information

  • Through: This typically refers to moving from one side to another or from the beginning to the end of a physical space or a period, but during is more natural for specific actions within an event.
  • While: This is a conjunction used to link two actions happening at the same time and is usually followed by a clause (subject + verb), not a simple noun phrase like 'the session'.
  • Until: This indicates the limit of time (e.g., 'He waited until the session ended'), which does not fit the context of asking questions throughout the event.
127

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select 'No improvement required'.
The teacher along with the students were crossing the river, when the boat capsized.

  1. ((a))

    as well as the students were crossing

  2. ((b))

    with the students were crossing

  3. ((c))

    No improvement required

  4. ((d))

    along with the students was crossing

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

along with the students was crossing

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • The primary rule involved here is Subject-Verb Agreement when using additive phrases.
  • When the subject of a sentence is joined to other nouns or pronouns using words like along with, together with, as well as, or with, the verb must agree with the first subject (the main subject).
  • In the given sentence, the main subject is The teacher, which is singular.
  • Therefore, the auxiliary verb should be was (singular) instead of were (plural).
  • The correct construction is The teacher along with the students was crossing.

Therefore, the correct answer is along with the students was crossing.

 

Correct Sentence: 'The teacher along with the students was crossing the river, when the boat capsized.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: 'as well as the students were crossing' is incorrect because as well as also requires the verb to agree with the singular first subject (The teacher).
  • Option 2: 'with the students were crossing' is incorrect for the same reason; the preposition with does not make the subject plural.
  • Option 3: 'No improvement required' is incorrect because the original sentence uses the plural verb were incorrectly.
  • If the sentence were The teacher and the students, then the plural verb were would be correct because and creates a compound subject.
128

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.
Open the window to let in some fresh air.

  1. ((a))

    The window is to be open to let in some fresh air.

  2. ((b))

    Let the window be opened to let in some fresh air.

  3. ((c))

    Let the window open to let in some fresh air.

  4. ((d))

    You can open the window to let in some fresh air.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Let the window be opened to let in some fresh air.

The correct answer is Let the window be opened to let in some fresh air..

Key Points

  • The given sentence is an Imperative Sentence because it expresses a command or a request, starting directly with the main verb Open.
  • To convert an Imperative Sentence containing an Object into the Passive Voice, the standard structure follows the pattern: Let + Object + be + V3 (Past Participle).
  • In the active sentence, Open is the transitive verb and the window is the direct object.
  • Applying the rule, the sentence begins with Let, followed by the object the window, then the auxiliary be, and finally the third form of the verb opened.
  • The infinitive phrase to let in some fresh air remains unchanged as it functions as an Adverbial Phrase of Purpose and does not affect the core passive transformation. Hence, statement 2 is correct.

 Additional Information

  • Passive Voice Rules for Imperatives:
  • If the sentence suggests an Advice, the structure Object + should + be + V3 can also be used (e.g., The window should be opened).
  • If the sentence is a Request, it often starts with You are requested to followed by the base form of the verb.
  • Intransitive Imperatives: For sentences without an object (e.g., Go out), the passive is formed using You are ordered/requested/told to....
  • Common errors involve forgetting the Past Participle (V3) form or omitting the be auxiliary, which are essential for any passive construction.
129

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select 'No improvement required'.
Last evening I have gone to the theatre to see a performance.

  1. ((a))

    No improvement required

  2. ((b))

    I was going

  3. ((c))

    I am gone

  4. ((d))

    I went

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

I went

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • The sentence contains a specific time reference to a completed past action: Last evening.
  • When a sentence mentions a definite point of time in the past (like yesterday, last night, in 2010), we must use the Simple Past Tense.
  • The Present Perfect Tense (have gone) is incorrect here because it is used for actions that happened at an indefinite time or have a connection to the present.
  • The Simple Past form of the verb go is went.
  • Therefore, I went is the grammatically correct substitution.

Therefore, the correct answer is I went.

 

Correct Sentence: "Last evening I went to the theatre to see a performance."

 

Additional Information

  • I was going: This is the Past Continuous Tense, which describes an ongoing action in the past, but the sentence implies a completed visit.
  • I am gone: This is grammatically incorrect in this context as it uses a Present Tense auxiliary with a Past Participle to describe a past event.
  • No improvement required: This is incorrect because have gone cannot be used with a specific past time marker like last evening.
130

The following sentence has been split into four segments. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.
People under eighteen / do not have / the right to vote, / don't they?

  1. ((a))

    don't they?

  2. ((b))

    People under eighteen

  3. ((c))

    do not have

  4. ((d))

    the right to vote

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

don't they?

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • The error lies in the question tag used in the sentence: 'don't they?'.
  • In English grammar, if the main statement is negative, the question tag must be positive.
  • The statement 'People under eighteen do not have the right to vote' contains the negative verb 'do not'.
  • Therefore, the correct question tag should be 'do they?' instead of 'don't they?'.
  • Thus, the error is located in part A (Option 1).

Therefore, the correct answer is 1.

 

Correct Sentence: 'People under eighteen do not have the right to vote, do they?'

 

Additional Information

  • Rule of Question Tags: Positive Statement → Negative Tag (e.g., They work hard, don't they?).
  • Rule of Question Tags: Negative Statement → Positive Tag (e.g., They don't work hard, do they?).
  • People under eighteen: This is a correct subject phrase referring to minors.
  • do not have: This is the correct negative plural verb form corresponding to the subject 'People'.
  • the right to vote: This is a standard idiomatic expression.
131

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.
The little girl said to her friend, "I have brought a chocolate for you."

  1. ((a))

    The little girl told her friend that I have brought a chocolate for you.

  2. ((b))

    The little girl told her friend that she has brought a chocolate for you.

  3. ((c))

    The little girl told her friend that I had brought a chocolate for her.

  4. ((d))

    The little girl told her friend that she had brought a chocolate for her.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

The little girl told her friend that she had brought a chocolate for her.

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • Direct Speech: The little girl said to her friend, 'I have brought a chocolate for you.'
  • Key Conversions:
  • Reporting Verb: 'said to' is changed to 'told' when followed by an object (her friend).
  • Conjunction: The comma and quotation marks are replaced by the conjunction 'that'.
  • Pronoun Change:
  • The first-person pronoun 'I' (subject) changes to 'she' to agree with the subject of the reporting verb (The little girl).
  • The second-person pronoun 'you' (object) changes to 'her' to agree with the object of the reporting verb (her friend).
  • Tense Change: The Present Perfect tense ('have brought') changes into the Past Perfect tense ('had brought') because the reporting verb is in the past tense ('said').

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 4.

 

Correct Sentence: The little girl told her friend that she had brought a chocolate for her.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: 'The little girl told her friend that I have brought a chocolate for you.' - Incorrect because it fails to change the pronouns 'I' and 'you' and the tense 'have brought'.
  • Option 2: 'The little girl told her friend that she has brought a chocolate for you.' - Incorrect because the tense 'has brought' (Present Perfect) is not changed to Past Perfect, and 'you' is not updated.
  • Option 3: 'The little girl told her friend that I had brought a chocolate for her.' - Incorrect because the pronoun 'I' remains in the first person instead of changing to 'she'.
132

The following sentence has been divided into parts. One of them may contain an error. Select the part that contains the error from the given options. If you don't find any error, mark 'No error' as your answer.
You may discussing / your problem / in tomorrow's meeting.

  1. ((a))

    in tomorrow's meeting

  2. ((b))

    You may discussing

  3. ((c))

    your problem

  4. ((d))

    No error

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

You may discussing

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • The error lies in the part 'You may discussing'.
  • The word 'may' is a modal auxiliary verb. In English grammar, modal verbs (such as may, can, shall, will, must, etc.) are always followed by the base form of the verb (V1) without 'to'.
  • The present participle form 'discussing' (V-ing) is incorrect here. It should be replaced with the base form 'discuss'.
  • The correct construction should be: 'You may discuss...'

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 2.

 

Correct Sentence: 'You may discuss your problem in tomorrow's meeting.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: 'in tomorrow's meeting' – This part is grammatically correct as it uses the possessive form for a time expression correctly.
  • Option 3: 'your problem' – This is a correct noun phrase acting as the object of the verb.
  • Modal Verb Rule: Subject + Modal + Base Verb (e.g., He can go, They might come, You should study).
  • If the sentence were in the continuous tense with a modal, it would require 'be' (e.g., You may be discussing), but in this context of a future possibility/permission, the simple base form is standard.
133

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.
The complex math problem was being explained to the students by the teacher.

  1. ((a))

    The teacher explained the complex math problem to the students.

  2. ((b))

    The teacher has explained the complex math problem to the students.

  3. ((c))

    The teacher will be explaining the complex math problem to the students.

  4. ((d))

    The teacher was explaining the complex math problem to the students.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

The teacher was explaining the complex math problem to the students.

The correct answer is The teacher was explaining the complex math problem to the students.

Key Points

  • The original sentence is in the Passive Voice and uses the Past Continuous Tense, as indicated by the auxiliary verb structure was being explained.
  • To convert a sentence from Passive Voice to Active Voice in the Past Continuous Tense, the structure must change from Object + was/were + being + Past Participle (V3) + by + Subject to Subject + was/were + present participle (V1 + ing) + Object.
  • The Subject of the active sentence is The teacher, and the Object is the complex math problem.
  • The phrase was being explained (Passive) must be converted to was explaining (Active) to maintain the Past Continuous aspect.
  • Option 4 correctly identifies The teacher as the performer of the action and uses the correct tense form was explaining. Hence, statement 4 is correct.

 Additional Information

  • Analysis of Incorrect Options:
  • The teacher explained: This represents the Simple Past Tense. It lacks the continuous aspect required to match was being.
  • The teacher has explained: This represents the Present Perfect Tense, which indicates a completed action in the recent past rather than a continuous action.
  • The teacher will be explaining: This represents the Future Continuous Tense, which shifts the timeframe of the action to the future.
  • Voice Conversion Rules:
  • The Active Voice emphasizes the doer of the action, while the Passive Voice emphasizes the recipient or the action itself.
  • In Continuous Tenses, the word being is a mandatory marker in the passive construction to preserve the ongoing nature of the verb.
134

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No improvement required’.
Shimla is the more beautiful hill station in Himachal Pradesh.

  1. ((a))

    a more beautiful

  2. ((b))

    No improvement required

  3. ((c))

    the very beautiful

  4. ((d))

    a very beautiful

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

a very beautiful

The correct answer is a very beautiful.

Key Points

  • The sentence requires a positive degree of the adjective to describe Shimla as a singular entity without making a direct comparison to another specific hill station.
  • The underlined phrase the more beautiful uses the comparative degree, which is grammatically incorrect here because the definite article 'the' is generally not used with the comparative degree unless followed by 'of the two'.
  • Since there is no mention of a second entity for comparison, the comparative degree 'more' is inappropriate; instead, an intensifier like 'very' should be used with the positive degree adjective 'beautiful'.
  • The indefinite article 'a' is required because the sentence identifies Shimla as one member of the broader category of hill stations in Himachal Pradesh.
  • Therefore, the phrase a very beautiful correctly provides a descriptive quality to the subject without establishing an incomplete comparison.

 Additional Information

  • Degrees of Comparison:
  • Positive Degree: Used to describe a single noun without comparison (e.g., beautiful, tall, good).
  • Comparative Degree: Used to compare two entities, often followed by 'than' (e.g., more beautiful than, taller than).
  • Superlative Degree: Used to compare three or more entities, usually preceded by 'the' (e.g., the most beautiful, the tallest).
  • Shimla: It is the capital city of Himachal Pradesh and was historically the summer capital of British India.
  • Adjective Usage: When using the word 'more', it must logically link to a conjunction like 'than' unless the context of two specific items is already established.
135

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No improvement required’.
John was absent from the meeting because he was sick, nor did he inform anyone.

  1. ((a))

    nor did he informed anyone

  2. ((b))

    No improvement required

  3. ((c))

    and did not he inform anyone

  4. ((d))

    but he did not inform anyone

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

but he did not inform anyone

The correct answer is but he did not inform anyone.

Key Points

  • The sentence describes two sequential facts about John: his absence due to illness and his failure to notify others.
  • The original underlined part uses the conjunction nor, which is typically used to connect two negative ideas or as a correlate to neither. Since the first clause is an affirmative statement regarding the reason for absence (he was sick), nor is grammatically inappropriate here.
  • The intended meaning is to show a contrast or an additional negative fact following a positive statement of cause; therefore, the adversative conjunction but is required to link the fact of being sick with the failure to inform.
  • Grammatically, after the auxiliary verb did, the base form of the verb (inform) must be used. The construction he did not inform correctly follows the Subject + did + not + V1 structure.
  • Option 1 is incorrect because it uses the past tense informed after the auxiliary did, violating the rule of do-support.
  • Option 3 is incorrect due to faulty word order (did not he) which is used for questions, not declarative statements.

 Additional Information

  • Coordinating Conjunctions (FANBOYS):
  • But: Used to introduce a phrase or clause that contrasts with what has already been mentioned. In this context, it highlights the negligence of not informing despite having a valid reason (sickness).
  • Nor: Used to continue a negative thought. Example: He did not call, nor did he write. It triggers subject-auxiliary inversion when starting a clause.
  • And: Used to connect words or sentences that are to be taken together. While and he did not inform is grammatically possible, but provides a stronger logical contrast in this specific narrative.
  • Negative Sentence Structure:
  • In the Simple Past Tense, negative sentences are formed using did + not + root form of the verb.
  • Example: She did not go (Correct) vs She did not went (Incorrect).
136

Parts of the following sentence have been given as options. One of them may contain an error. Select the part that contains the error from the given options. If you don't find any error, mark 'No error' as your answer.
Her parents did not allowed her to learn western music.

  1. ((a))

    No error

  2. ((b))

    Her parents

  3. ((c))

    to learn western music

  4. ((d))

    did not allowed her

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

did not allowed her

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • The error lies in the usage of the verb form "allowed" after the auxiliary verb "did."
  • In English grammar, the auxiliary verb "did" (used in negative or interrogative sentences in the simple past tense) is always followed by the base form (V1) of the main verb.
  • Therefore, "did not allowed" is grammatically incorrect and should be replaced with "did not allow."
  • Thus, the error is located in part 4 of the sentence.

Therefore, the correct answer is did not allowed her.

 

Correct Sentence: "Her parents did not allow her to learn western music."

 

Additional Information

  • Her parents: This is the subject of the sentence and is used correctly.
  • To learn western music: This is the infinitive phrase acting as the object of the verb, and it is grammatically sound.
  • Simple Past Negative Rule: Subject + did not + Base Form of Verb (e.g., She did not go, He did not play, They did not allow).
137

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in reported speech.
“Please listen carefully to what I am teaching,” said Madam Mahima to the students.

  1. ((a))

    Madam Mahima asked the students to listen carefully to what she is teaching.

  2. ((b))

    Madam Mahima requested the students to listen carefully to what she has been teaching.

  3. ((c))

    Madam Mahima told the students to listen carefully to what she was teaching.

  4. ((d))

    Madam Mahima said to the students please listen carefully to what I am teaching.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Madam Mahima told the students to listen carefully to what she was teaching.

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • Direct Speech: ‘Please listen carefully to what I am teaching,’ said Madam Mahima to the students.
  • Key Conversions:
  • Reporting Verb: The reporting verb said to is changed to told or requested. Since the sentence is an imperative one (a request or instruction), the connector to is used before the base verb.
  • Pronoun Change: The first-person pronoun I changes to the third-person she to match the subject Madam Mahima.
  • Tense Change: The Present Continuous tense (am teaching) in direct speech changes to the Past Continuous tense (was teaching) in indirect speech.
  • Sentence Structure: The word please is removed as its sense is captured by the polite reporting structure, and the imperative clause is joined using to + verb (to listen).

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 3.

 

Correct Sentence: Madam Mahima told the students to listen carefully to what she was teaching.

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: Uses is teaching (present tense), which is incorrect as the reporting verb said is in the past tense.
  • Option 2: Uses has been teaching (present perfect continuous), which incorrectly changes the aspect of the original present continuous tense.
  • Option 4: Fails to convert the sentence into indirect speech, retaining the quotation marks and original pronouns/tenses.
138

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No improvement required’.
Traffic is always remaining heavy in this part of Delhi.

  1. ((a))

    No improvement required

  2. ((b))

    have always remained

  3. ((c))

    has always been remaining

  4. ((d))

    always remains

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

always remains

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • The sentence describes a habitual action or a general fact about the traffic situation in a specific part of Delhi.
  • To express habitual actions or permanent states, the Simple Present Tense is used.
  • The phrase is always remaining is in the present continuous form, which is used for actions happening right now, not for permanent characteristics or frequent habits.
  • The adverb always typically accompanies the simple present tense (remains) to indicate a constant state.
  • Since Traffic is an uncountable noun, it takes the singular verb remains.

Therefore, the correct answer is always remains.

 

Correct Sentence: 'Traffic always remains heavy in this part of Delhi.'

 

Additional Information

  • have always remained: This is grammatically incorrect because Traffic is a singular uncountable noun and requires the singular auxiliary has, not have. Furthermore, the perfect tense is less suitable here than the simple present.
  • has always been remaining: This is the present perfect continuous form, which suggests an action that started in the past and is still continuing; however, remain is a stative verb that is rarely used in continuous forms in this context.
  • No improvement required: This is incorrect because the original present continuous construction is always remaining is stylistically and grammatically awkward for expressing a permanent fact.
139

The following sentence has been split into four segments. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.
A ground-breaking discovery has been made / in a deserting quarry near New York, / where researchers have unearthed / the planet's most ancient forest.

  1. ((a))

    A ground-breaking discovery has been made

  2. ((b))

    where researchers have unearthed

  3. ((c))

    in a deserting quarry near New York,

  4. ((d))

    the planet's most ancient forest.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

in a deserting quarry near New York,

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • The error lies in the use of the present participle "deserting" in the phrase "in a deserting quarry."
  • A participle used as an adjective must logically describe the noun. "Deserting" implies the quarry is currently in the act of leaving or abandoning something.
  • The intended meaning is a quarry that has been abandoned or is no longer in use. Therefore, the past participle "abandoned" or the adjective "deserted" should be used.
  • The correct phrase should be "in a deserted quarry."

Therefore, the correct answer is 3.

 

Correct Sentence: "A ground-breaking discovery has been made in a deserted quarry near New York, where researchers have unearthed the planet's most ancient forest."

 

Additional Information

  • A ground-breaking discovery has been made: This part is grammatically sound, using the present perfect passive voice correctly.
  • where researchers have unearthed: This relative clause correctly identifies the location and uses the present perfect tense for a completed action with current relevance.
  • the planet's most ancient forest: This uses the superlative degree ("most ancient") correctly to describe the unique nature of the discovery.
140

Parts of the following sentence have been given as options. Select the option that contains an error.

It is estimating that this forest once covered an area of approximately 400 km.

  1. ((a))

    approximately 400 km

  2. ((b))

    It is estimating that

  3. ((c))

    covered an area of

  4. ((d))

    this forest once

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

It is estimating that

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • The error lies in the phrase 'It is estimating that'.
  • The sentence requires a passive voice construction because the action of estimating is performed by people or experts, not by the dummy subject 'it'.
  • In English grammar, the structure 'It is + past participle' is used to report opinions, beliefs, or calculations. Therefore, 'estimating' (present participle) should be replaced with 'estimated' (past participle).
  • The correct grammatical form is 'It is estimated that...'

Therefore, the correct answer is 2.

 

Correct Sentence: 'It is estimated that this forest once covered an area of approximately 400 km.'

 

Additional Information

  • 'this forest once': This part is correct as 'once' functions as an adverb indicating a former state.
  • 'covered an area of': This is grammatically sound, using the simple past tense to describe a historical fact.
  • 'approximately 400 km': This part provides a numerical measurement and is used correctly in the context of the sentence.
  • Note: While km2 (square kilometers) is usually preferred for area, in general English usage or specific contexts, the unit provided is not the primary grammatical error compared to the tense/voice mistake.
141

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.

A remarkable discovery in Paestum, an ancient Greek city, has been made by archaeologists.

  1. ((a))

    Archaeologists made a remarkable discovery in Paestum, an ancient Greek city.

  2. ((b))

    Archaeologists are making a remarkable discovery in Paestum, an ancient Greek city.

  3. ((c))

    Archaeologists make a remarkable discovery in Paestum, an ancient Greek city.

  4. ((d))

    Archaeologists have made a remarkable discovery in Paestum, an ancient Greek city.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Archaeologists have made a remarkable discovery in Paestum, an ancient Greek city.

The correct answer is Archaeologists have made a remarkable discovery in Paestum, an ancient Greek city.

Key Points

  • The given sentence is in the Passive Voice, specifically in the Present Perfect Tense, as indicated by the auxiliary verb structure has been made followed by the past participle.
  • To convert a Present Perfect Passive sentence into Active Voice, the object of the passive sentence (archaeologists) becomes the subject of the active sentence.
  • The formula for Present Perfect Active Voice is: Subject + has/have + Past Participle (V3) + Object.
  • The subject archaeologists is plural; therefore, the auxiliary verb have must be used instead of has to maintain Subject-Verb Agreement.
  • The main verb made remains in its third form, and the original subject a remarkable discovery in Paestum, an ancient Greek city becomes the direct object of the active sentence.
  • Following these grammatical rules, the sentence transforms to: Archaeologists (Subject) + have (Auxiliary) + made (V3) + a remarkable discovery... (Object).

 Additional Information

  • Paestum:
  • It was a major ancient Greek city on the coast of the Tyrrhenian Sea in Magna Graecia (southern Italy).
  • The site is world-renowned for its three well-preserved Greek temples in the Doric order, dating from about 550 to 450 BC.
  • It is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and continues to be a significant location for archaeological excavations.
  • Tense Identification:
  • Archaeologists made: This represents the Simple Past Tense, which does not match the Present Perfect nature of the original sentence.
  • Archaeologists are making: This represents the Present Continuous Tense, indicating an ongoing action.
  • Archaeologists make: This represents the Simple Present Tense, typically used for habitual actions or general truths.
142

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.

The team completed the project ahead of schedule.

  1. ((a))

    The project had completed ahead of schedule by the team.

  2. ((b))

    The project has been completed ahead of schedule by the team.

  3. ((c))

    The schedule was completed ahead of project by the team.

  4. ((d))

    The project was completed ahead of schedule by the team.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

The project was completed ahead of schedule by the team.

The correct answer is The project was completed ahead of schedule by the team.

Key Points

  • The given sentence is in the Active Voice and uses the Simple Past Tense, as indicated by the verb completed.
  • The structure of the Active Voice in Simple Past is: Subject + V2 (Past Tense Verb) + Object. In this case, The team is the subject and the project is the object.
  • To convert a Simple Past sentence into Passive Voice, the structure must change to: Object + was/were + V3 (Past Participle) + by + Subject.
  • Since the project is a singular noun, the auxiliary verb was must be used followed by the third form of the verb, which is completed.
  • The phrase ahead of schedule is an adverbial phrase and remains in its relative position to maintain the original meaning of the sentence.
  • Following these grammatical rules, the construction results in: The project was completed ahead of schedule by the team. Hence, the selected option is correct.

 Additional Information

  • Understanding Voice Changes:
  • Passive Voice emphasizes the action or the recipient of the action rather than the performer.
  • Past Perfect Passive: Uses had + been + V3. This is used when the active sentence is in Past Perfect (had completed).
  • Present Perfect Passive: Uses has/have + been + V3. This is used when the active sentence is in Present Perfect (has completed).
  • Subject-Object Swap: During conversion, the Object of the active sentence becomes the Subject of the passive sentence, and the Subject is typically introduced by the preposition by.
143

The following sentence has been split into four segments. Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

Akasa Air planning to acquire / 150 Boeing 737 planes in order to / expand the airline's reach in / both domestic and international operations.

  1. ((a))

    150 Boeing 737 planes in order to

  2. ((b))

    both domestic and international operations

  3. ((c))

    expand the airline's reach in

  4. ((d))

    Akasa Air planning to acquire

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Akasa Air planning to acquire

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • The primary error in the sentence is the omission of the auxiliary verb in the first segment.
  • When using the present continuous tense (Verb + ing) to describe a current or future plan, a helping verb such as is, am, or are must be used.
  • Since Akasa Air is a singular proper noun, it should be followed by is.
  • The correct phrase should be Akasa Air is planning to acquire or Akasa Air plans to acquire to ensure grammatical completeness.
  • Thus, the error is located in part 4 of the sentence.

Therefore, the correct answer is 4.

 

Correct Sentence: 'Akasa Air is planning to acquire 150 Boeing 737 planes in order to expand the airline's reach in both domestic and international operations.'

 

Additional Information

  • 150 Boeing 737 planes in order to – This part is correct as it uses the phrase in order to followed by a base verb to express purpose.
  • expand the airline's reach in – This segment is correct; it uses the possessive form airline's properly.
  • both domestic and international operations – The use of the correlative conjunction both... and is applied correctly here to connect two adjectives.
  • In January 2024, Akasa Air actually placed a firm order for 150 Boeing 737 MAX aircraft at the Wings India airshow, making this sentence contextually relevant.
144

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

I said to Bhawna, "Have the monkeys eaten up our cauliflowers?"

  1. ((a))

    I asked Bhawna that have the monkeys eaten up our cauliflowers.

  2. ((b))

    I asked Bhawna if the monkeys had eaten up our cauliflowers.

  3. ((c))

    I asked Bhawna if the monkeys have eaten up our cauliflowers.

  4. ((d))

    I asked Bhawna if the monkeys had eaten up their cauliflowers.

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

I asked Bhawna if the monkeys had eaten up our cauliflowers.

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • Direct Speech: I said to Bhawna, 'Have the monkeys eaten up our cauliflowers?'
  • Key Conversions:
  • Reporting Verb: The reporting verb 'said to' changes to 'asked' because the sentence is an interrogative (question).
  • Conjunction: For Yes/No questions (starting with an auxiliary verb like 'Have'), we use 'if' or 'whether' to connect the reporting clause and the reported speech.
  • Tense Change: The Present Perfect tense ('have eaten') changes to the Past Perfect tense ('had eaten') when the reporting verb is in the past tense.
  • Sentence Structure: The interrogative form ('Have the monkeys...') is converted into an assertive form ('the monkeys had...') in indirect speech.
  • Pronoun: The first-person possessive pronoun 'our' remains 'our' here because it refers to the speaker ('I') and his/her group, and the listener is being addressed directly.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 2.

 

Correct Sentence: 'I asked Bhawna if the monkeys had eaten up our cauliflowers.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: 'I asked Bhawna that have...' — Incorrect because 'that' is not used with 'if' in questions, and the tense is not changed to past.
  • Option 3: 'I asked Bhawna if the monkeys have eaten...' — Incorrect because it fails to change the present perfect to past perfect.
  • Option 4: 'I asked Bhawna if the monkeys had eaten up their cauliflowers.' — Incorrect because the pronoun 'our' is changed to 'their' without context suggesting it belongs to a third party; it should reflect the speaker's perspective.
145

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank.

If you diligently study the intricacies of the language, you ________ that your proficiency in it improves significantly.

  1. ((a))

    will be finding

  2. ((b))

    found

  3. ((c))

    have found

  4. ((d))

    will find

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

will find

The correct answer is 'will find'.

 

Key Points

  • The given sentence is an example of a First Conditional sentence.
  • The structure of a First Conditional sentence is: If + Simple Present (Condition), Simple Future (Result).
  • In the first part of the sentence, the Simple Present Tense ("study") is used. Therefore, the second part must use the Simple Future Tense ("will + base verb").
  • Among the given options, "will find" is the correct form that fits this grammatical rule.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 4.

 

Complete Sentence: "If you diligently study the intricacies of the language, you will find that your proficiency in it improves significantly."

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: "will be finding" indicates a continuous action in the future, which is less appropriate for a general result in a conditional clause.
  • Option 2: "found" is the past tense and would be used in a Second Conditional (If you studied...).
  • Option 3: "have found" is the present perfect tense and does not fit the structure of a future result.
146

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.

The concert will be attended by us.

  1. ((a))

    We are attending the concert.

  2. ((b))

    We will have attended the concert.

  3. ((c))

    We will attend the concert.

  4. ((d))

    We have attended the concert.

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

We will attend the concert.

The correct answer is We will attend the concert.

Key Points

  • The given sentence is in the Passive Voice, indicated by the structure will + be + past participle (V3) of the verb attend, followed by the agent by us.
  • The sentence is in the Future Indefinite Tense (Simple Future). The standard passive structure for this tense is Object + will/shall + be + V3 + by + Subject.
  • To convert it into the Active Voice, the object of the passive sentence (us) becomes the subject (We), and the subject (The concert) becomes the object.
  • The active structure for the Future Indefinite Tense is Subject + will/shall + V1 (base form of the verb) + Object.
  • Applying this rule, us changes to We, the auxiliary will be attended changes to will attend, and the concert remains the object.
  • Therefore, the active form is We will attend the concert.

 Additional Information

  • Tense Conversion Rules:
  • Future Continuous: The phrase are attending indicates a Present Continuous action, which does not match the Simple Future timeframe of the original sentence.
  • Future Perfect: The phrase will have attended is used for actions that will be completed by a certain point in the future, following the structure Subject + will have + V3.
  • Present Perfect: The phrase have attended represents an action completed in the immediate past with a connection to the present, which is grammatically inconsistent with the auxiliary will.
  • Pronoun Shifts: In voice conversion, Objective Case pronouns like us, me, him, her, and them must be converted back to their Nominative Case forms: we, I, he, she, and they respectively.
147

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.

The manager gave the employee a bonus.

  1. ((a))

    The employee was given the manager by the bonus.

  2. ((b))

    The employee had been given a bonus by the manager.

  3. ((c))

    The bonus was given to the employee by the manager.

  4. ((d))

    The employee was given a bonus by the manager.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

The employee was given a bonus by the manager.

The correct answer is The employee was given a bonus by the manager..

Key Points

  • The original sentence is in the Active Voice and uses the Simple Past Tense (gave). The structure follows Subject + Verb (V2) + Indirect Object + Direct Object.
  • To convert a sentence with two objects (employee as the indirect object and bonus as the direct object) into Passive Voice, either object can become the new subject.
  • The standard Passive Voice structure for Simple Past Tense is: Subject (Receiver) + was/were + Past Participle (V3) + by + Agent.
  • In the correct option, the indirect object (The employee) becomes the Subject. Since the subject is singular, the auxiliary verb was is used followed by the third form of the verb, given.
  • The direct object (a bonus) remains in its position, and the original subject (the manager) is introduced by the preposition by.

 Additional Information

  • Rules for Passive Conversion:
  • Tense Identification: The verb gave indicates a completed action in the past; hence, had been given (Past Perfect) is grammatically incorrect for this transformation.
  • Prepositional Use: The use of by the bonus in alternative options is logically incorrect as the bonus is the thing given, not the agent performing the action.
  • Alternative Passive Form: While The bonus was given to the employee by the manager is technically a possible construction, the provided correct option follows the more common stylistic choice of prioritizing the human indirect object as the subject.
  • Subject-Verb Agreement: Always ensure the auxiliary was or were matches the new subject in number. The employee (singular) requires was.
148

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in direct speech.

Manya said that she didn't want any breakfast.

  1. ((a))

    Manya said, "You didn't want any breakfast."

  2. ((b))

    Manya says, "She doesn't want any breakfast."

  3. ((c))

    Manya said, "I don't want any breakfast."

  4. ((d))

    Manya said, "She didn't want any breakfast."

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Manya said, "I don't want any breakfast."

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • Indirect Speech: Manya said that she didn't want any breakfast.
  • Key Conversions:
  • 'she didn't want' becomes 'I don't want'
  • The pronoun 'she' in indirect speech refers to the speaker Manya, so it changes to 'I' in direct speech.
  • The past tense 'didn't want' is changed back to the present tense 'don't want' because the reporting verb 'said' is in the past tense.
  • Reporting verb:
  • The reporting verb 'said' remains 'said' in direct speech.
  • Conjunction:
  • The conjunction 'that' is removed when converting to direct speech.
  • Punctuation and Format:
  • The direct speech is enclosed within quotation marks.
  • A comma is used after the reporting verb 'said'.
  • The first letter of the reported speech starts with a capital letter.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 3.

 

Correct Sentence: 'Manya said, "I don't want any breakfast."'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: 'Manya said, "You didn't want any breakfast."'
  • Incorrect pronoun 'You' and incorrect past tense.
  • Option 2: 'Manya says, "She doesn't want any breakfast."'
  • The reporting verb 'says' is in the present tense, which does not match the original sentence, and the third-person pronoun 'She' is incorrect for direct speech here.
  • Option 4: 'Manya said, "She didn't want any breakfast."'
  • Maintains the third-person pronoun and past tense, which is incorrect for converting back to direct speech from this indirect form.
149

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select 'No improvement required'.

She is allergic from peanuts, so she always checks food labels carefully.

  1. ((a))

    She is allergic to peanuts

  2. ((b))

    No improvement required

  3. ((c))

    She is allergical from peanuts

  4. ((d))

    She is allergic with peanuts

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

She is allergic to peanuts

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • The primary error in the underlined part is the use of the incorrect preposition 'from' after the adjective 'allergic.'
  • In English grammar, the adjective allergic is followed by the fixed preposition 'to' when indicating the substance that causes a reaction.
  • The correct phrase structure is 'allergic to [something].'
  • Therefore, the sentence should be 'She is allergic to peanuts' to be grammatically accurate.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 1.

 

Correct Sentence: 'She is allergic to peanuts, so she always checks food labels carefully.'

 

Additional Information

  • Option 2 (No improvement required): This is incorrect because 'allergic from' is a non-standard and ungrammatical construction.
  • Option 3 (She is allergical from peanuts): This is incorrect because 'allergical' is not a standard English word; the correct adjective form is 'allergic.' Additionally, it repeats the incorrect preposition 'from.'
  • Option 4 (She is allergic with peanuts): This is incorrect because 'with' is not the appropriate preposition to use with the adjective 'allergic.'
  • Fixed Prepositions: Some adjectives always take specific prepositions, such as interested in, fond of, similar to, and allergic to.
150

Parts of the following sentence have been given as options. Select the option that contains an error.

Traditional practices are ways of knowing, learning and to generate a distinct experience of the world around us.

  1. ((a))

    and to generate a distinct experience

  2. ((b))

    ways of knowing, learning

  3. ((c))

    of the world around us

  4. ((d))

    Traditional practices are

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

and to generate a distinct experience

The correct answer is Option 1.

 

Key Points

  • The error lies in the lack of parallelism in the list of activities.
  • In English grammar, when listing items, they should be in the same grammatical form. The sentence uses two gerunds (knowing and learning) but then switches to an infinitive phrase (to generate).
  • To maintain consistency, the word 'to generate' should be changed to the gerund form 'generating'.
  • Therefore, the error is in the phrase 'and to generate a distinct experience'.

Therefore, the correct answer is 1.

 

Correct Sentence: 'Traditional practices are ways of knowing, learning and generating a distinct experience of the world around us.'

 

Additional Information

  • Parallel Structure: Parallelism is used to balance a list of items or ideas in a sentence. For example: 'He likes swimming, hiking, and running' (All are gerunds).
  • Option 2: 'ways of knowing, learning' is correct as it sets up the pattern of using gerunds after the preposition 'of'.
  • Option 3: 'of the world around us' is a correctly structured prepositional phrase.
  • Option 4: 'Traditional practices are' correctly matches the plural subject 'practices' with the plural verb 'are'.
151

The following sentence has been divided into parts. One of them may contain an error. Select the part that contains the error from the given options. If you don't find any error, mark 'No error' as your answer.

Human activity often / has a negatively effect / on the ecosystem of wetlands.

  1. ((a))

    Human activity often

  2. ((b))

    No error

  3. ((c))

    has a negatively effect

  4. ((d))

    on the ecosystem of wetlands

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

has a negatively effect

The correct answer is Option 3.

 

Key Points

  • The error lies in the use of the adverb negatively to modify the noun effect.
  • In English grammar, a noun must be modified by an adjective, not an adverb.
  • The word negatively is an adverb, whereas negative is the adjective form required here.
  • The correct phrase should be has a negative effect, where negative describes the quality of the effect.
  • Therefore, the error is located in the part has a negatively effect.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 3.

 

Correct Sentence: Human activity often has a negative effect on the ecosystem of wetlands.

 

Additional Information

  • Adjectives (like negative, beautiful, fast) describe or modify nouns or pronouns.
  • Adverbs (like negatively, beautifully, fast) typically modify verbs, adjectives, or other adverbs.
  • Part 1: Human activity often – This part is correct. Often is an adverb of frequency correctly modifying the verb has.
  • Part 4: on the ecosystem of wetlands – This prepositional phrase is grammatically sound.
152

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.
“The sun is shining brightly today,” he said, looking out of the window.

  1. ((a))

    Looking out of the window, he said that the sun is shining brightly today.

  2. ((b))

    Looking out of the window, he said that the sun was shining brightly today.

  3. ((c))

    Looking out of the window, he says that the sun is shining brightly that day.

  4. ((d))

    Looking out of the window, he said that the sun was shining brightly that day.

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Looking out of the window, he said that the sun was shining brightly that day.

The correct answer is Option 4.

 

Key Points

  • Direct Speech: ‘The sun is shining brightly today,’ he said, looking out of the window.
  • Key Conversions:
  • "is shining" becomes "was shining"
  • The Present Continuous tense in direct speech changes to the Past Continuous tense in indirect speech when the reporting verb (said) is in the past tense.
  • "today" becomes "that day"
  • Adverbs of time change in indirect speech; ‘today’ is converted to ‘that day’ to reflect the shift in time.
  • Reporting Verb and Structure:
  • The reporting verb ‘said’ remains the same.
  • The conjunction ‘that’ is used to introduce the reported clause.
  • The participial phrase ‘looking out of the window’ can be placed at the beginning for better flow.

Therefore, the correct answer is Option 4.

 

Correct Sentence: ‘Looking out of the window, he said that the sun was shining brightly that day.’

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: Incorrect because it fails to change the tense (is shining) and the time adverb (today).
  • Option 2: Incorrect because it fails to change the time adverb ‘today’ to ‘that day’.
  • Option 3: Incorrect because the reporting verb ‘says’ is in the present tense, which does not match the original sentence, and the main clause tense remains in the present.
153

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No improvement required’.
She don’t like chocolate, so I bought a vanilla cake for her birthday.

  1. ((a))

    She don’t likes

  2. ((b))

    She doesn’t like

  3. ((c))

    She don’t liked

  4. ((d))

    No improvement required

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

She doesn’t like

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • The primary error in the sentence is the use of the auxiliary verb "don't" with a third-person singular subject ("She").
  • According to the rules of subject-verb agreement in the simple present tense, the auxiliary verb "does" (or "doesn't" in the negative) must be used with singular subjects like he, she, it, or any singular noun.
  • The verb "don't" (do not) is used for I, you, we, they, and plural nouns.
  • When using "does" or "doesn't," the main verb must remain in its base form ("like"), not the "s" form ("likes").
  • Therefore, "She don't like" must be changed to "She doesn't like" to be grammatically correct.

Therefore, the correct answer is She doesn't like.

 

Correct Sentence: "She doesn't like chocolate, so I bought a vanilla cake for her birthday."

 

Additional Information

  • Option 1: "She don't likes" – This is incorrect because "don't" is wrong for a singular subject, and the main verb should not have an 's' after an auxiliary.
  • Option 3: "She don't liked" – This is incorrect because "don't" is used for the present tense, and the main verb should be in the base form, not the past tense "liked."
  • Option 4: "No improvement required" – This is incorrect because the original sentence contains a subject-verb agreement error.
154

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the given sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No improvement required’.
The doctor prescribes antibiotics and a cough syrup to me when I had severe cough and cold.

  1. ((a))

    was prescribing

  2. ((b))

    prescribed

  3. ((c))

    No improvement required

  4. ((d))

    are prescribing

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

prescribed

The correct answer is Option 2.

 

Key Points

  • The sentence contains a tense inconsistency. The second part of the sentence uses the past tense verb 'had' (when I had severe cough and cold).
  • To maintain tense consistency throughout the sentence, the action of the doctor giving the medicine must also be in the Simple Past Tense.
  • The underlined word 'prescribes' is in the simple present tense, which is incorrect for a completed past action.
  • The past tense form of the verb 'prescribe' is 'prescribed'.

Therefore, the correct answer is prescribed.

 

Correct Sentence: 'The doctor prescribed antibiotics and a cough syrup to me when I had severe cough and cold.'

 

Additional Information

  • was prescribing: This is the Past Continuous Tense, which is used for an ongoing action in the past, rather than a completed action.
  • are prescribing: This is the Present Continuous Tense (used with plural subjects), which is grammatically and contextually incorrect here.
  • Simple Past Tense: Used to indicate an action that was completed at a specific time in the past. Since the illness occurred in the past ('had'), the prescription also happened in the past.
155

Select the most appropriate ANTONYM of the given word.
Mitigate

  1. ((a))

    Diminish

  2. ((b))

    Alleviate

  3. ((c))

    Intensify

  4. ((d))

    Weaken

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Intensify

The correct answer is: Intensify.

Key Points

  • The word 'Mitigate' means to make something bad less severe, serious, or painful. (कम करना / शांत करना)
  • Example: The government implemented new measures to mitigate the effects of the economic crisis.
  • 'Intensify' refers to becoming or making something greater in strength, amount, or degree; it means to increase the severity or force of something, which is the opposite of mitigating it. (बढ़ाना / तीव्र करना)
  • Example: The lack of rain served to intensify the water shortage in the region.
  • Hence, we can infer that the opposite of 'mitigate' is 'intensify'.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Intensify.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Diminish (घटाना): To make or become less in size, importance, or value.
  • Example: The strength of the army began to diminish after several weeks of fighting.
  • Alleviate (हल्का करना): To make suffering, deficiency, or a problem less severe.
  • Example: Taking a painkiller helped to alleviate her constant headache.
  • Weaken (कमजोर करना): To make or become less strong or powerful.
  • Example: The constant criticism began to weaken his confidence.
156

Select the most appropriate synonym of the given word.
Exuberance

  1. ((a))

    Lethargy

  2. ((b))

    Excitement

  3. ((c))

    Depression

  4. ((d))

    Indifference

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Excitement

The correct answer is: Excitement.

Key Points

  • The word Exuberance means the quality of being full of energy, excitement, and cheerfulness; ebullience. (प्रचुरता/उत्साह)
  • Example: The exuberance of the fans was evident as they cheered for their favorite team.
  • Excitement refers to a feeling of great enthusiasm and eagerness; it is a state of being emotionally stirred up. (उत्साह/उत्तेजना)
  • Example: The children were filled with excitement on the morning of their school trip.
  • Hence, we can infer that the synonym of Exuberance is Excitement.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Excitement.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Lethargy (सुस्ती): A lack of energy and enthusiasm.
  • Example: After a heavy meal, a sense of lethargy often settles over the body.
  • Depression (अवसाद): A state of low spirits or a medical condition that causes severe feelings of sadness and hopelessness.
  • Example: Regular exercise can help in managing symptoms of depression.
  • Indifference (उदासीनता): Lack of interest, concern, or sympathy.
  • Example: His indifference towards the suffering of others was quite shocking.
157

Select the most appropriate ANTONYM of the given word.
Extravagant

  1. ((a))

    Restrained

  2. ((b))

    Enrich

  3. ((c))

    Lavish

  4. ((d))

    Righteous

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Restrained

The correct answer is: Restrained.

Key Points

  • The word 'Extravagant' means spending much more than is necessary or wise; lacking restraint in spending money or using resources. (फिजूलखर्च)
  • Example: Her extravagant lifestyle eventually led her into deep financial debt.
  • 'Restrained' refers to someone or something that is kept under control or characterized by reserve or moderation; not excessive. (संयमित)
  • Example: Despite his anger, he gave a restrained response to the criticism.
  • Hence, we can infer that the opposite of 'extravagant' is 'restrained'.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Restrained.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Enrich (सम्पन्न बनाना): To improve or enhance the quality or value of something.
  • Example: Reading books can greatly enrich your vocabulary and knowledge.
  • Lavish (शानदार/अतिव्ययी): Sumptuously rich, elaborate, or luxurious; often used as a synonym for extravagant.
  • Example: They threw a lavish party to celebrate their wedding anniversary.
  • Righteous (न्यायप्रिय/धर्मी): Morally right or justifiable; acting in accord with divine or moral law.
  • Example: He was a righteous man who always stood up for the truth.
158

Select the option that can be used as a one word substitute for the given group of words.
A complete, usually alphabetical list of items, often with notes giving details.

  1. ((a))

    Catalogue

  2. ((b))

    Brochure

  3. ((c))

    Pamphlet

  4. ((d))

    Monograph

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Catalogue

The correct answer is: Catalogue.

Key Points

  • The phrase 'A complete, usually alphabetical list of items, often with notes giving details' refers to a systematic list used to organize items like books in a library or products in a shop. (सूची)
  • Example: The library maintains an updated catalogue of all its newly acquired journals.
  • 'Catalogue' is a list of things, such as goods for sale or books in a library, which is organized in a particular order so that people can find what they are looking for easily. (सूची-पत्र)
  • Example: I spent the afternoon browsing through a furniture catalogue to find a new sofa.
  • Hence, we can infer that the one-word substitute for the given group of words is 'Catalogue'.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Catalogue.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Brochure (विवरणिका): A small magazine or booklet containing pictures and information about a product or service.
  • Example: We picked up a travel brochure to plan our summer vacation in Switzerland.
  • Pamphlet (पत्रिका): A small, thin book with a paper cover that contains information about a single subject.
  • Example: The health clinic distributed a pamphlet on the importance of vaccination.
  • Monograph (विशेष निबंध): A detailed written study of a single specialized subject or an aspect of it.
  • Example: The professor published a monograph on the economic history of the 18th century.
159

Select the most appropriate option to complete the given idiom.
Spill the ________.

  1. ((a))

    beads

  2. ((b))

    beans

  3. ((c))

    tea

  4. ((d))

    milk

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

beans

The correct answer is: beans.

Key Points

  • The idiom 'Spill the beans' means to reveal a secret or private information, often prematurely or unintentionally. (भेद खोलना)
  • Example: We were planning a surprise party for him, but his younger brother spilled the beans.
  • 'Beans' in this context refers to the secret information being disclosed; it is the standard noun used to complete this specific idiomatic expression. (फलियां/राज)
  • Example: Trust me not to spill the beans about your new job before you are ready to announce it.
  • Hence, the correct word to complete the idiom is 'beans'.

Therefore, the correct answer is- beans.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Beads (मनके): Small pieces of glass, stone, or similar material, typically rounded and perforated for threading with others.
  • Example: She wore a necklace made of colorful glass beads.
  • Tea (चाय): While 'Spill the tea' is a modern slang meaning to share gossip, 'Spill the beans' is the traditional idiomatic phrase used in formal English contexts.
  • Example: After the meeting, everyone gathered in the breakroom to spill the tea.
  • Milk (दूध): Often used in the idiom 'Crying over spilled milk', which means worrying about past events that cannot be changed.
  • Example: It is no use crying over spilled milk; we just have to move on and do better next time.
160

Select the option that can be used as a one-word substitute for the given group of words.
Not able to be changed or adapted

  1. ((a))

    Austere

  2. ((b))

    Rigid

  3. ((c))

    Permissive

  4. ((d))

    Harsh

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Rigid

The correct answer is: Rigid.

Key Points

  • The phrase 'Not able to be changed or adapted' describes something that is fixed, inflexible, or stiff in nature. (बदला या अनुकूलित न किया जा सकने वाला)
  • Example: The company has a rigid policy regarding working hours that everyone must follow.
  • 'Rigid' refers to something that is unable to bend or be forced out of shape; not flexible. It also refers to people or systems that are unwilling to adapt or change their views. (कठोर/अनम्य)
  • Example: Despite the changing market trends, the manager remained rigid in his traditional approach.
  • Therefore, the correct answer is- Rigid.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Austere (सख्त/संयमी): Severe or strict in manner, attitude, or appearance; having no comforts or luxuries.
  • Example: The monk lived an austere life in a small mountain cabin.
  • Permissive (उदार/अनुमति देनेवाला): Allowing or characterized by great or excessive freedom of behavior.
  • Example: The school has a permissive dress code that allows students to wear almost anything.
  • Harsh (कठोर/निर्दयी): Cruel, severe, or unpleasant to the senses.
  • Example: The desert environment is known for its harsh climate and extreme temperatures.
161

Select the most appropriate synonym of the given word.
Devour

  1. ((a))

    Receive

  2. ((b))

    Preserve

  3. ((c))

    Consume

  4. ((d))

    Abstain

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Consume

The correct answer is: Consume.

Key Points

  • The word 'Devour' means to eat food or prey hungrily or quickly; it can also mean to read, look at, or listen to something with great enthusiasm. (जल्दी-जल्दी खाना)
  • Example: The hungry lion began to devour the carcass as soon as it made the kill.
  • 'Consume' refers to the act of eating, drinking, or using up a resource; in the context of food, it is the closest synonym to devour. (उपभोग करना/खाना)
  • Example: The large family can consume a huge amount of food in just one sitting.
  • Hence, we can infer that the synonym of 'Devour' is 'Consume'.

Therefore, the correct answer is- Consume.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Receive (प्राप्त करना): To be given, presented with, or paid something.
  • Example: She was happy to receive an award for her hard work.
  • Preserve (संरक्षित करना): To maintain something in its original or existing state.
  • Example: We need to preserve our natural resources for future generations.
  • Abstain (परहेज करना): To restrain oneself from doing or enjoying something.
  • Example: He decided to abstain from eating sweets to improve his health.
162

Select the INCORRECTLY spelt word..

  1. ((a))

    Irregular

  2. ((b))

    Irresponsible

  3. ((c))

    Irrelevent

  4. ((d))

    Irritable

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Irrelevent

The correct answer is: Irrelevent.

Key Points

  • The word 'Irrelevent' is incorrectly spelt in the given options. (गलत वर्तनी)
  • Example: The judge ruled that the evidence provided by the witness was irrelevent to the case.
  • The correct spelling is 'Irrelevant', which means not connected with or relevant to something. (अप्रासंगिक)
  • Example: Her comments were totally irrelevant to the topic we were discussing in the meeting.
  • Therefore, the correct answer is- Irrelevent.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Irregular (अनियमित): Not even or balanced in shape or arrangement; not occurring at fixed intervals.
  • Example: The patient had an irregular heartbeat that concerned the doctors.
  • Irresponsible (गैर-जिम्मेदार): Not showing a proper sense of responsibility.
  • Example: It was highly irresponsible of him to leave the house unlocked at night.
  • Irritable (चिड़चिड़ा): Having or showing a tendency to be easily annoyed or made angry.
  • Example: Lack of sleep often makes her feel very irritable and tired.
163

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank and complete the given idiom.
Piece of ________

  1. ((a))

    cake

  2. ((b))

    bread

  3. ((c))

    sweet

  4. ((d))

    apple

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

cake

The correct answer is 'cake'.

 

Key Points

  • The idiom "piece of cake" is a common English expression used to describe a task or activity that is extremely easy or simple to accomplish.
  • In the given context, only the word 'cake' correctly completes this idiomatic phrase.
  • The other options like "bread," "sweet," and "apple" do not form any standard English idiom when preceded by "Piece of."

​Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 1'.

Complete Phrase: Piece of cake

Additional Information

  • Example Sentence: The final exam was a piece of cake; I finished it in less than twenty minutes.
  • Origin: The phrase is believed to have originated in the 1930s, referring to the idea that eating a piece of cake is an easy and pleasant task.
  • Synonymous Idioms: As easy as pie, a walk in the park, or child's play.
164

Select the most appropriate synonym of the given word.
Frigid

  1. ((a))

    Futile

  2. ((b))

    Facile

  3. ((c))

    Flexible

  4. ((d))

    Freezing

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Freezing

The correct answer is: Freezing.

Key Points

  • The word 'Frigid' means very cold in temperature; it can also refer to a person who is stiff or formal in behavior. (बेहद ठंडा)
  • Example: The frigid winds of the Antarctic made the expedition extremely difficult.
  • 'Freezing' refers to the state of being very cold, or the temperature at which water turns to ice; it is a direct synonym for frigid. (जमा देने वाला)
  • Example: It is freezing outside, so make sure you wear your heavy coat.
  • Hence, we can infer that the most appropriate synonym of 'frigid' is 'freezing'.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Freezing.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Futile (व्यर्थ): Incapable of producing any useful result; pointless.
  • Example: It is futile to try and convince him once he has made up his mind.
  • Facile (सुगम/सतही): Something appearing neat and comprehensive only by ignoring the true complexities of an issue; superficial.
  • Example: The critic dismissed the movie as a facile attempt to address a serious subject.
  • Flexible (लचीला): Capable of bending easily without breaking; ready and able to change or adapt to different circumstances.
  • Example: We need to be flexible with our travel plans in case of bad weather.
165

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.
Be in apple-pie order

  1. ((a))

    Be in a happy mood

  2. ((b))

    Be in chronological order

  3. ((c))

    Be perfectly arranged and tidy

  4. ((d))

    Be extra sweet to people

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

Be perfectly arranged and tidy

The correct answer is: Be perfectly arranged and tidy.

Key Points

  • The idiom 'Be in apple-pie order' means to be in a state of perfect order or neatness; everything is exactly where it should be. (बिल्कुल ठीक हालत में या सुव्यवस्थित)
  • Example: After hours of cleaning, the library was finally in apple-pie order.
  • 'Be perfectly arranged and tidy' refers to the condition of being extremely organized and clean, which directly matches the meaning of the given idiom. (पूरी तरह से व्यवस्थित और साफ-सुथरा)
  • Example: Her desk is always in apple-pie order, with every pen and paper in its designated spot.
  • Therefore, the correct answer is- Be perfectly arranged and tidy.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Be perfectly arranged and tidy.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Be in a happy mood (खुशमिजाज होना): Feeling or showing pleasure or contentment.
  • Example: Since he won the lottery, he has been in a very happy mood.
  • Be in chronological order (कालानुक्रमिक क्रम में होना): Arranged according to the order of time.
  • Example: The history professor asked us to list the events in chronological order.
  • Be extra sweet to people (लोगों के प्रति बहुत मीठा होना): To act in an overly kind or flattering manner, often to gain an advantage.
  • Example: He is trying to be extra sweet to people in the office because he wants a promotion.
166

Select the most appropriate ANTONYM of the given word.
Oaf

  1. ((a))

    Smart

  2. ((b))

    Simpleton

  3. ((c))

    Blockhead

  4. ((d))

    Magnificent

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Smart

The correct answer is: Smart.

Key Points

  • The word 'Oaf' refers to a stupid, uncultured, or clumsy person. (मूर्ख या अनाड़ी व्यक्ति)
  • Example: He was acting like a total oaf at the party, knocking over drinks and tripping over chairs.
  • 'Smart' refers to someone who is quick-witted, intelligent, or shows mental alertness; it describes a person who is capable and clever, which is the opposite of an oaf. (बुद्धिमान)
  • Example: She is a smart student who always finds efficient ways to solve complex problems.
  • Hence, we can infer that the opposite of 'oaf' is 'smart'.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Smart.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Simpleton (नदान/मूर्ख): A person who is lacking in common sense or is easily deceived.
  • Example: The antagonist in the story was portrayed as a simpleton who believed every lie he was told.
  • Blockhead (मूर्ख/जड़बुद्धि): An informal term for a very stupid person.
  • Example: Stop being such a blockhead and follow the simple instructions provided.
  • Magnificent (शानदार/भव्य): Extremely beautiful, elaborate, or impressive.
  • Example: The view from the top of the mountain was absolutely magnificent.
167

Select the option that can be used as a one word substitute for the given group of words.
The person who presents and coordinates a show on stage or television

  1. ((a))

    Reporter

  2. ((b))

    Anchor

  3. ((c))

    Jockey

  4. ((d))

    Broadcaster

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Anchor

The correct answer is: Anchor.

Key Points

  • The phrase 'The person who presents and coordinates a show on stage or television' refers to an individual responsible for hosting and managing the flow of a broadcast or event. (वह व्यक्ति जो मंच या टेलीविजन पर किसी शो को प्रस्तुत और समन्वयित करता है)
  • Example: The news anchor introduced the lead story with great professionalism.
  • 'Anchor' is the specific term for a person who acts as the main presenter of a television program or coordinates a live stage event. (समाचार वाचक/एंकर)
  • Example: The anchor of the talk show handled the controversial guest very smoothly.
  • Hence, we can infer that the one-word substitute for the given group of words is 'Anchor'.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Anchor.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Reporter (संवाददाता): A person who reports news or conducts interviews for newspapers, radio, or television.
  • Example: The reporter traveled to the site of the accident to get firsthand accounts.
  • Jockey (जॉकी): Usually refers to a person who rides horses in races or a person who plays recorded music on the radio (Disc Jockey).
  • Example: The young jockey led the horse to a thrilling victory in the final lap.
  • Broadcaster (प्रसारक): A person or organization that presents or transmits programs by radio or television.
  • Example: The public broadcaster announced a new documentary series starting next month.
168

Select the option that can be used as a one-word substitute for the given group of words.
Lasting for a very short while

  1. ((a))

    Perpetual

  2. ((b))

    Reliable

  3. ((c))

    Eternal

  4. ((d))

    Ephemeral

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Ephemeral

The correct answer is: Ephemeral.

Key Points

  • The phrase 'Lasting for a very short while' refers to something that is transitory, fleeting, or exists only for a brief period. (अल्पकालिक)
  • Example: The beauty of a sunset is ephemeral, lasting only a few minutes before darkness falls.
  • 'Ephemeral' is the most suitable one-word substitute as it specifically describes things that have a very short life cycle or duration. (क्षणिक)
  • Example: Fashions are often ephemeral, changing completely from one season to the next.
  • Hence, we can infer that the correct one-word substitute is 'ephemeral'.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Ephemeral.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Perpetual (निरंतर): Never ending or changing; occurring repeatedly.
  • Example: The perpetual noise of the traffic made it difficult to sleep.
  • Reliable (भरोसेमंद): Consistently good in quality or performance; able to be trusted.
  • Example: She is a very reliable employee who never misses a deadline.
  • Eternal (अनंत): Lasting or existing forever; without end or beginning.
  • Example: They promised each other eternal love during their wedding ceremony.
169

Select the most appropriate synonym of the given word.
Feasible

  1. ((a))

    Practical

  2. ((b))

    Worthless

  3. ((c))

    Energetic

  4. ((d))

    Tentative

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Practical

The correct answer is: Practical.

Key Points

  • The word 'Feasible' means something that is possible to do easily or conveniently; capable of being carried out. (संभव/व्यवहार्य)
  • Example: The committee is looking for a feasible solution to the traffic problem in the city center.
  • 'Practical' refers to an idea, plan, or method that is likely to succeed or be effective in real circumstances; it is realistic and sensible. (व्यावहारिक)
  • Example: While the theory is complex, the practical application of this technology is quite simple.
  • Hence, we can infer that the synonym of 'Feasible' is 'Practical'.

Therefore, the correct answer is- Practical.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Worthless (बेकार/मूल्यहीन): Having no real value or use.
  • Example: Without the battery, this electronic gadget is completely worthless.
  • Energetic (शक्तिशाली/ऊर्जावान): Showing or involving great activity or vitality.
  • Example: The children were very energetic even after a long day at the park.
  • Tentative (अनिश्चित/प्रायोगिक): Not certain or fixed; done without confidence; hesitant.
  • Example: We have made tentative plans for the trip, but nothing is confirmed yet.
170

Select the most appropriate synonym of the given word.
Munificence

  1. ((a))

    Shrewdness

  2. ((b))

    Generousness

  3. ((c))

    Quietness

  4. ((d))

    Liveliness

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Generousness

The correct answer is: Generousness.

Key Points

  • The word 'Munificence' refers to the quality or action of being extremely generous. (उदारता)
  • Example: The university was able to build a new library thanks to the munificence of a wealthy alumnus.
  • 'Generousness' refers to the quality of being kind and generous; the willingness to give more of something, especially money, than is strictly necessary or expected. (दरियादिली)
  • Example: Everyone was surprised by the generousness of his donation to the local orphanage.
  • Therefore, the correct answer is- Generousness.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Shrewdness (चतुराई): The quality of having or showing sharp powers of judgment; being astute.
  • Example: His financial shrewdness helped him build a massive business empire.
  • Quietness (शांति): The state or quality of being quiet; silence or calm.
  • Example: She enjoyed the quietness of the countryside after living in the noisy city.
  • Liveliness (जीवंतता): The quality of being full of energy or spirit; animation.
  • Example: The liveliness of the music made everyone want to dance.
171

Select the option that can be used as a one word substitute for the given group of words.
Not active but has the ability to be active anytime later

  1. ((a))

    Jubilant

  2. ((b))

    Dormant

  3. ((c))

    Ambiguous

  4. ((d))

    Conscious

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Dormant

The correct answer is: Dormant.

Key Points

  • The phrase 'Not active but has the ability to be active anytime later' refers to a state of temporary inactivity or sleep where functions are suspended but can be resumed. (सुप्त/निष्क्रिय)
  • Example: The volcano has been dormant for hundreds of years, but scientists believe it could erupt again.
  • 'Dormant' refers to something that is currently inactive, quiet, or resting, but is capable of becoming active or growing in the future. (प्रसुप्त)
  • Example: Many plants have dormant buds that only start growing when the weather becomes warm enough.
  • Hence, we can infer that the one-word substitute for the given group of words is 'dormant'.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Dormant.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Jubilant (प्रफुल्लित): Feeling or expressing great happiness and triumph.
  • Example: The jubilant crowd cheered loudly when their team won the championship.
  • Ambiguous (अस्पष्ट): Open to more than one interpretation; not having one obvious meaning.
  • Example: The ending of the movie was ambiguous, leaving the audience to decide what really happened.
  • Conscious (सचेत): Aware of and responding to one's surroundings; awake.
  • Example: He was conscious of the fact that everyone was looking at him.
172

Select the most appropriate option to complete the given idiom.
Sitting on the ________.

  1. ((a))

    boundary

  2. ((b))

    wall

  3. ((c))

    tree

  4. ((d))

    fence

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

fence

The correct answer is: fence.

Key Points

  • The idiom 'Sitting on the fence' refers to a person's lack of decisiveness or neutrality when faced with a choice or a decision. (दुविधा में होना/तटस्थ रहना)
  • Example: You cannot continue sitting on the fence; you need to decide which side you are supporting in this argument.
  • 'Fence' is the correct word that completes this common English idiom, meaning a barrier or railing enclosing an area. (बाड़)
  • Example: The politician was accused of sitting on the fence because he refused to vote for or against the new bill.
  • Hence, we can infer that the most appropriate option to complete the given idiom is 'fence'.

Therefore, the correct answer is: fence.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Boundary (सीमा): A line that marks the limits of an area.
  • Example: The river forms the western boundary of the county.
  • Wall (दीवार): A continuous vertical structure of brick or stone forming the side of a building or enclosing an area.
  • Example: They painted the wall bright yellow to make the room look larger.
  • Tree (पेड़): A woody perennial plant, typically having a single stem or trunk.
  • Example: We sat under the shade of the old oak tree in the garden.
173

Select the option that can be used as a one word substitute for the given group of words.
Protect from a danger, risk, or unpleasant experience

  1. ((a))

    Scare

  2. ((b))

    Sever

  3. ((c))

    Seize

  4. ((d))

    Shield

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Shield

The correct answer is: Shield.

Key Points

  • The phrase 'Protect from a danger, risk, or unpleasant experience' refers to the act of guarding or defending someone or something from harm. (किसी खतरे या अप्रिय अनुभव से बचाना)
  • Example: The ozone layer acts as a natural barrier to shield the Earth from harmful solar radiation.
  • 'Shield' means a person or thing providing protection; it also means to protect from a danger, risk, or unpleasant experience. (ढाल या रक्षा करना)
  • Example: Parents always try to shield their children from the harsh realities of the world.
  • Therefore, the correct answer is- Shield.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Scare (डराना): To cause someone to feel fear or alarm.
  • Example: The sudden loud noise served to scare the birds away from the garden.
  • Sever (काटकर अलग करना): To divide by cutting or slicing, especially suddenly and forcibly.
  • Example: The company decided to sever all ties with the controversial supplier.
  • Seize (जब्त करना/पकड़ना): To take hold of suddenly and forcibly; to take possession of something by legal authority.
  • Example: The police had to seize the illegal documents found during the raid.
174

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.
Be on the same page

  1. ((a))

    Having the same understanding

  2. ((b))

    Doing things with a partner

  3. ((c))

    Staying in the same place

  4. ((d))

    Reading something together

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Having the same understanding

The correct answer is: Having the same understanding.

Key Points

  • The idiom 'Be on the same page' means to be in agreement about something or to have the same basic knowledge and understanding of a situation. (एक ही समझ होना / सहमत होना)
  • Example: Before we begin the project, I want to make sure that everyone on the team is on the same page regarding the deadlines.
  • 'Having the same understanding' refers to the state where two or more people share the same perspective, interpretation, or consensus on a particular matter. (समान समझ होना)
  • Example: After a long discussion, the manager and the client were finally having the same understanding about the budget requirements.
  • Hence, we can infer that the meaning of the idiom 'Be on the same page' is 'Having the same understanding'.

Therefore, the correct answer is- Having the same understanding.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Doing things with a partner (साथी के साथ काम करना): Engaging in activities or tasks in collaboration with another person.
  • Example: She enjoys doing things with a partner rather than working solo on research projects.
  • Staying in the same place (एक ही स्थान पर रहना): Remaining in a specific location without moving or changing position.
  • Example: During the heavy storm, staying in the same place was the safest option for the hikers.
  • Reading something together (साथ मिलकर कुछ पढ़ना): The literal act of two or more people looking at and processing the same written material simultaneously.
  • Example: The children were reading something together in the library during their free period.
175

Select the INCORRECTLY spelt word.

  1. ((a))

    Hurdle

  2. ((b))

    Humour

  3. ((c))

    Hundred

  4. ((d))

    Hungery

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Hungery

The correct answer is: Hungery.

Key Points

  • The word 'Hungery' is incorrectly spelt in the given options. (गलत वर्तनी)
  • Example: The misspelt word in the sentence was hungery instead of the correct version.
  • The correct spelling is 'Hungry', which means feeling or showing a need for food. (भूखा)
  • Example: The children were very hungry after playing in the park all afternoon.
  • Hence, we can infer that the incorrectly spelt word is 'Hungery'.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Hungery.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Hurdle (बाधा): An obstacle or difficulty that must be overcome.
  • Example: Lack of funding is the first hurdle we need to clear for this project.
  • Humour (हास्य): The quality of being amusing or comic, especially as expressed in literature or speech.
  • Example: He has a great sense of humour and always makes everyone laugh.
  • Hundred (सौ): The number equivalent to the product of ten and ten; ten decades.
  • Example: There were over a hundred people at the wedding ceremony.
176

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.
To get someone's goat

  1. ((a))

    To have affection for somebody

  2. ((b))

    To steal something

  3. ((c))

    To make one feel good

  4. ((d))

    To irritate someone

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

To irritate someone

The correct answer is: To irritate someone.

Key Points

  • The idiom 'To get someone's goat' means to annoy or irritate someone very much. (किसी को बहुत चिढ़ाना या परेशान करना)
  • Example: It really gets my goat when people talk loudly on their phones in the library.
  • 'To irritate someone' refers to the act of making someone feel annoyed, impatient, or slightly angry. (किसी को चिढ़ाना)
  • Example: His constant habit of interrupting others started to irritate everyone in the meeting.
  • Hence, we can infer that the meaning of the idiom 'To get someone's goat' is 'To irritate someone'.

Therefore, the correct answer is: To irritate someone.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • To have affection for somebody (किसी के प्रति स्नेह रखना): To have a feeling of liking or love for someone.
  • Example: She has deep affection for her grandparents and visits them every weekend.
  • To steal something (कुछ चुराना): To take another person's property without permission or legal right and without intending to return it.
  • Example: The thief tried to steal a valuable painting from the gallery.
  • To make one feel good (किसी को अच्छा महसूस कराना): To cause someone to feel happy, satisfied, or comforted.
  • Example: A warm cup of tea on a cold morning can really make one feel good.
177

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank and complete the given idiom.
Bite the ________

  1. ((a))

    bread

  2. ((b))

    bullet

  3. ((c))

    barb

  4. ((d))

    bean

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

bullet

The correct answer is 'bullet'.

 

Key Points

  • The idiom "Bite the bullet" means to accept something difficult or unpleasant that is unavoidable. (किसी कठिन परिस्थिति का साहसपूर्वक सामना करना)
  • It originates from the historical practice of having a patient clench a bullet in their teeth as a way to endure pain during a surgical procedure without anesthesia.
  • The words "bread," "barb," and "bean" do not form a standard English idiom when placed in this specific phrase.

​Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 2'.

Complete Idiom: Bite the bullet.

Additional Information

  • Example Sentence: I did not want to go to the dentist, but I had to bite the bullet and get my wisdom tooth removed.
  • Synonyms: Face the music, endure, grin and bear it.
178

Select the INCORRECTLY spelt word.

  1. ((a))

    Obstinate

  2. ((b))

    Odorous

  3. ((c))

    Occasional

  4. ((d))

    Observence

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

Observence

The correct answer is: Observence.

Key Points

  • The word 'Observence' is incorrectly spelt in the given options. (गलत वर्तनी)
  • Example: The strict observence of the rules is mandatory. (Incorrect spelling)
  • The correct spelling is 'Observance', which refers to the act of obeying a law or following a religious custom. (अनुपालन/पालन)
  • Example: The school is closed in observance of the national holiday.
  • Hence, we can infer that the incorrectly spelt word is 'Observence'.

Therefore, the correct answer is- Observence.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Obstinate (जिद्दी): Refusing to change one's opinion or chosen course of action, despite attempts to persuade one to do so.
  • Example: He is too obstinate to admit that he was wrong.
  • Odorous (सुगंधित/गंधवाला): Having or giving off a smell.
  • Example: The garden was filled with odorous spring flowers.
  • Occasional (प्रासंगिक/कभी-कभार): Occurring, appearing, or done infrequently and irregularly.
  • Example: We have occasional meetings to discuss the progress of the project.
179

Select the most appropriate synonym of the given word.

Genesis

  1. ((a))

    Inception

  2. ((b))

    Symbolism

  3. ((c))

    Conclusion

  4. ((d))

    Infatuation

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

Inception

The correct answer is: Inception.

Key Points

  • The word 'Genesis' means the origin or mode of formation of something; the beginning or commencement. (उत्पत्ति)
  • Example: Scientists are studying the genesis of the universe to understand how it all began.
  • 'Inception' refers to the establishment or starting point of an institution or activity; the beginning of something. (आरंभ)
  • Example: The project has been successful since its inception last year.
  • Hence, we can infer that the most appropriate synonym of 'Genesis' is 'Inception'.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Inception.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Symbolism (प्रतीकवाद): The use of symbols to represent ideas or qualities.
  • Example: The poet used the dove as symbolism for peace and harmony.
  • Conclusion (निष्कर्ष): The end or finish of an event, process, or text; a judgment or decision reached by reasoning.
  • Example: We came to the conclusion that the plan would not work.
  • Infatuation (मूर्खतापूर्ण लगाव): An intense but short-lived passion or admiration for someone or something.
  • Example: His teenage infatuation with the singer soon faded away.
180

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.
Split one's sides

  1. ((a))

    To roar with laughter

  2. ((b))

    To overeat

  3. ((c))

    To undergo surgery

  4. ((d))

    To scream in agony

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

To roar with laughter

The correct answer is: To roar with laughter.

Key Points

  • The idiom 'Split one's sides' means to laugh uncontrollably or very loudly; it suggests that someone is laughing so hard that their sides might physically burst or split. (खिलखिलाकर हंसना / बहुत जोर से हंसना)
  • Example: The comedian's performance was so hilarious that the entire audience was splitting their sides.
  • 'To roar with laughter' refers to laughing very loudly and heartily, which perfectly matches the meaning of the given idiom. (ठहाका मारकर हंसना)
  • Example: We all roared with laughter when he told us about his awkward encounter at the store.
  • Therefore, the correct answer is- To roar with laughter.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • To overeat (जरूरत से ज्यादा खाना): To eat more food than is necessary or healthy.
  • Example: It is very easy to overeat when you are at a delicious buffet.
  • To undergo surgery (सर्जरी या ऑपरेशन करवाना): To have a medical procedure involving an incision with instruments.
  • Example: He had to undergo surgery to repair his torn ligament.
  • To scream in agony (पीड़ा में चिल्लाना): To let out a loud, high-pitched cry due to extreme physical or mental pain.
  • Example: The injured player began to scream in agony as the medics reached him.
181

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.
Cut from the same cloth

  1. ((a))

    To share resources

  2. ((b))

    To have very similar qualities

  3. ((c))

    To belong to the same family

  4. ((d))

    To have the same origin

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

To have very similar qualities

The correct answer is: To have very similar qualities.

Key Points

  • The idiom 'Cut from the same cloth' is used to describe two or more people or things that are very similar in nature, character, or behavior. (एक ही जैसा होना)
  • Example: The two brothers are cut from the same cloth; both are incredibly hardworking and honest.
  • 'To have very similar qualities' means possessing traits, characteristics, or features that are nearly identical to someone or something else. (अत्यधिक समान गुण होना)
  • Example: These two software programs are cut from the same cloth as they offer almost the same user interface.
  • Hence, we can infer that the meaning of the idiom 'Cut from the same cloth' is 'To have very similar qualities'.

Therefore, the correct answer is- To have very similar qualities.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • To share resources (संसाधन साझा करना): The act of using the same tools, money, or materials collectively.
  • Example: Small startups often share resources to reduce their operational costs.
  • To belong to the same family (एक ही परिवार का होना): Being related by blood or marriage within the same kinship group.
  • Example: Although they belong to the same family, their career paths are entirely different.
  • To have the same origin (एक ही मूल का होना): Coming from the same source, beginning, or starting point.
  • Example: Many languages in Europe have the same origin in Latin.
182

Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank and complete the given idiom.
Hit the ________

  1. ((a))

    bag

  2. ((b))

    head

  3. ((c))

    bay

  4. ((d))

    sack

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

sack

The correct answer is 'sack'.

 

Key Points

  • The idiom "hit the sack" is a common informal expression which means to go to bed or to go to sleep.
  • It is typically used when someone is very tired and is ready to end their day.
  • In this context, the word 'sack' refers to a bed (historically, mattresses were often simple sacks filled with hay or straw).

Therefore, the correct answer is 'Option 4'.

Complete Idiom: Hit the sack.

Additional Information

  • Hit the hay: This is a synonymous idiom that also means to go to sleep.
  • Hit the bag: While 'hit the bag' is sometimes used in boxing (referring to a punching bag), it is not the standard idiomatic expression for going to sleep.
  • Hit the nail on the head: This is a different idiom meaning to describe exactly what is causing a situation or problem.
183

Select the option that can be used as a one word substitute for the given group of words.

An eloquent and skilled public speaker

  1. ((a))

    Elector

  2. ((b))

    Orator

  3. ((c))

    Spokesperson

  4. ((d))

    Leader

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

Orator

The correct answer is: Orator.

Key Points

  • The phrase 'An eloquent and skilled public speaker' refers to a person who is highly proficient at making speeches and can influence or move an audience with their words. (एक वाकपटु और कुशल सार्वजनिक वक्ता)
  • Example: Winston Churchill was known as a brilliant orator who inspired his nation during the war.
  • 'Orator' is the specific term used for a person who excels in the art of public speaking and uses rhetoric effectively. (वक्ता)
  • Example: The young activist proved to be a powerful orator, capturing the attention of thousands at the rally.
  • Hence, we can infer that the one-word substitute for 'An eloquent and skilled public speaker' is 'orator'.

Therefore, the correct answer is: Orator.

Additional Information

Here are the other options explained along with their Hindi meanings and example sentences:

  • Elector (निर्वाचक): A person who has the right to vote in an election.
  • Example: Every registered elector in the district is encouraged to cast their vote on Tuesday.
  • Spokesperson (प्रवक्ता): A person chosen to speak on behalf of others or an organization.
  • Example: The company spokesperson denied the rumors regarding the merger.
  • Leader (नेता): The person who leads or commands a group, organization, or country.
  • Example: A great leader motivates their team to achieve goals through collaboration and vision.
184

Sentences of a paragraph are given below. While the first and the last sentences (A and F) are in the correct order, the sentences in between are jumbled up. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. The races were something of a disappointment.
B. As we left the grounds, Dad said with satisfaction: It'll be good to get back to the hotel and relax.
C. Dad was not eager.
D. But we were going to the botanical gardens, Mother reminded him.
E. I'd like to have just a peek at them.
F. Those places cover a lot of territory, you know, he said.

  1. ((a))

    ECDB

  2. ((b))

    BCED

  3. ((c))

    BDEC

  4. ((d))

    CBED

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

BDEC

The correct answer is Option 3.

Key Points

  • The paragraph follows a chronological narrative flow starting from the conclusion of an event (the races) and the subsequent discussion about the next destination.
  • Sentence A is the first sentence (fixed), establishing the context that the races have ended and were disappointing.
  • Sentence B follows as it naturally describes the immediate reaction after the event:
  • As we left the grounds, Dad said with satisfaction: It'll be good to get back to the hotel and relax.
  • Sentence D is the third sentence because it provides the counter-argument or reminder to Dad's plan:
  • But we were going to the botanical gardens, Mother reminded him.
  • Sentence E follows as it expresses the narrator's or another family member's interest in seeing the gardens despite Dad's desire to relax:
  • I'd like to have just a peek at them.
  • Sentence C is the fifth sentence as it describes Dad's reaction to the suggestion of visiting the gardens:
  • Dad was not eager.
  • Sentence F is the last sentence (fixed), where Dad explains his reluctance:
  • Those places cover a lot of territory, you know, he said.
  • The correct sequence is BDEC.

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

The races were something of a disappointment. As we left the grounds, Dad said with satisfaction: It'll be good to get back to the hotel and relax. But we were going to the botanical gardens, Mother reminded him. I'd like to have just a peek at them. Dad was not eager. Those places cover a lot of territory, you know, he said.

185

Sentences of a paragraph are given below. While the first and the last sentences (A and F) are in the correct order, the sentences in between are jumbled up. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. When I joined the B.Sc. degree course at St. Joseph's, I was unaware of any other option for higher education.
B. Nor did I have any information about career opportunities available to a student of science.
C. I could have joined the Engineering course long ago, right after finishing my Intermediate course.
D. Only after obtaining a B.Sc. did I realise that physics was not my subject.
E. I had to go into engineering to realise my dreams.
F. Better late than never, I told myself as I made the detour, applying for admission into the Madras Institute of Technology (MIT), regarded as the crown jewel of technical education in South India at that time.

  1. ((a))

    CBED

  2. ((b))

    BDEC

  3. ((c))

    BCED

  4. ((d))

    ECDB

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

BDEC

The correct answer is Option 2.

Key Points

  • The paragraph follows a chronological narrative of a student's academic journey and their realization regarding their career path.
  • Sentence A is fixed as the first sentence, establishing the starting point of the narrator joining a B.Sc. degree course at St. Joseph's while being unaware of other options.
  • Sentence B follows A as it complements the idea of lack of awareness mentioned in the first sentence:
  • Nor did I have any information about career opportunities available to a student of science.
  • Sentence D is the third sentence because it describes the realization that occurred after completing the course mentioned in sentence A:
  • Only after obtaining a B.Sc. did I realise that physics was not my subject.
  • Sentence E follows D as it identifies the solution to the problem identified in the previous step:
  • I had to go into engineering to realise my dreams.
  • Sentence C is the fifth sentence as it reflects on the missed opportunity and provides a transition to the final decision:
  • I could have joined the Engineering course long ago, right after finishing my Intermediate course.
  • Sentence F is fixed as the last sentence, concluding the narrative with the narrator's decision to apply for the Madras Institute of Technology (MIT).
  • The correct sequence for the jumbled sentences is BDEC.

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

When I joined the B.Sc. degree course at St. Joseph's, I was unaware of any other option for higher education. Nor did I have any information about career opportunities available to a student of science. Only after obtaining a B.Sc. did I realise that physics was not my subject. I had to go into engineering to realise my dreams. I could have joined the Engineering course long ago, right after finishing my Intermediate course. Better late than never, I told myself as I made the detour, applying for admission into the Madras Institute of Technology (MIT), regarded as the crown jewel of technical education in South India at that time.

186

Sentences of a paragraph are given below. While the first and the last sentences (A and F) are in the correct order, the sentences in between are jumbled up. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. Whenever I teach my class, I make sure that everyone participates in the question-answer session.
B. Sometimes their questions are so difficult that I am not able to answer.
C. Many times I have learnt a lot from my students during these sessions.
D. I normally teach for forty minutes and keep the last twenty minutes open for debates, questions and answers.
E. This way, students learn to express their opinions in front of others and the teacher also understands how much the students have learnt.
F. Then I tell them that I will refer to my books and answer the next day.

  1. ((a))

    CBED

  2. ((b))

    DECB

  3. ((c))

    DCBE

  4. ((d))

    ECDB

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

DECB

The correct answer is Option 2.

Key Points

  • The paragraph follows a logical flow describing a teacher's classroom methodology, starting from the structure of the lecture to the handling of difficult queries.
  • Sentence A is fixed as the first sentence, establishing the context of classroom participation and question-answer sessions.
  • Sentence D follows A because it provides the specific breakdown of the class timing, explaining exactly how the session mentioned in A is accommodated (forty minutes of teaching followed by twenty minutes of debates and questions).
  • Sentence E follows D as it explains the pedagogical benefits of the twenty-minute session described in D, highlighting that students learn to express opinions and the teacher assesses their learning.
  • Sentence C follows E by shifting the focus to what the teacher gains from these sessions, stating that the teacher has learnt a lot from students during these interactions.
  • Sentence B follows C as it introduces a specific challenge during these sessions—the difficult questions that the teacher sometimes cannot answer.
  • Sentence F is fixed as the last sentence, providing the resolution to the situation mentioned in B (referring to books and answering the next day).
  • The correct sequence is DECB.

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

Whenever I teach my class, I make sure that everyone participates in the question-answer session. I normally teach for forty minutes and keep the last twenty minutes open for debates, questions and answers. This way, students learn to express their opinions in front of others and the teacher also understands how much the students have learnt. Many times I have learnt a lot from my students during these sessions. Sometimes their questions are so difficult that I am not able to answer. Then I tell them that I will refer to my books and answer the next day.

187

Sentences of a paragraph are given below. While the first and the last sentences (A and F) are in the correct order, the sentences in between are jumbled up. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. When I was a child, I had a teacher called Gowramma.
B. She used to teach us Sanskrit.
C. She was kind and warm and always cheerful.
D. Students usually took Sanskrit as an optional language, in order to score marks like math.
E. She was a great teacher and would tell lots of stories in the class.
F. They only wanted to get good grades and were not interested in Gowramma's old epics.

  1. ((a))

    CBED

  2. ((b))

    ECDB

  3. ((c))

    CBDE

  4. ((d))

    BDEC

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

CBED

The correct answer is Option 1.

Key Points

  • The paragraph follows a logical flow starting with the introduction of a specific person and moving toward the classroom environment and student attitudes.
  • Sentence A is fixed as the first sentence, introducing the teacher, Gowramma.
  • Sentence C follows as the second sentence because it describes the personality and traits of the teacher mentioned in the first sentence:
  • She was kind and warm and always cheerful.
  • Sentence B is the third sentence as it identifies the specific subject she taught, further developing the description of her role:
  • She used to teach us Sanskrit.
  • Sentence E follows as the fourth sentence, detailing her teaching style and her interaction with the class:
  • She was a great teacher and would tell lots of stories in the class.
  • Sentence D is the fifth sentence as it shifts the focus to the students' motivation for choosing the subject:
  • Students usually took Sanskrit as an optional language, in order to score marks like math.
  • Sentence F is fixed as the last sentence, providing a contrast to the teacher's storytelling (mentioned in E) by highlighting the students' lack of interest in old epics compared to grades.
  • The correct sequence is CBED.

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

When I was a child, I had a teacher called Gowramma. She was kind and warm and always cheerful. She used to teach us Sanskrit. She was a great teacher and would tell lots of stories in the class. Students usually took Sanskrit as an optional language, in order to score marks like math. They only wanted to get good grades and were not interested in Gowramma's old epics.

188

Given below are six sentences of a paragraph. Sentence A is the beginning whereas sentence F is the last sentence of the para. The middle four sentences (B-E)are jumbled up. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. A youngster quit Facebook in December after spending over three years on the social networking site.
B. Like almost everyone from his "friend's circle," the 20-year-old was a regular on the site.
C. Last week a new feature on Facebook called Timeline forced him to reconsider the pros and cons of being on the networking site.
D. With that one act, he bid a silent adieu to more than 300 contacts that he had added to his account during the period.
E. He visited it every day to post photos and status updates.
F. "Everyone has some skeletons in their closet and I am just not comfortable with Facebook digging up and displaying all the facets of my life on a bulletin board," said the youngster.

  1. ((a))

    CEBD

  2. ((b))

    EDBC

  3. ((c))

    BCDE

  4. ((d))

    DBEC

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

DBEC

The correct answer is Option 4.

Key Points

  • The paragraph follows a chronological and logical sequence describing a young man's journey of quitting a social networking site.
  • Sentence A is the opening sentence (fixed), which introduces the main action: a youngster quitting Facebook in December.
  • Sentence D follows A because it describes the immediate consequence of the act mentioned in A: 'With that one act' refers to quitting, resulting in him saying goodbye to over 300 contacts.
  • Sentence B follows D to provide background information about the youngster's previous behavior on the site, noting he was a 'regular' just like his friends.
  • Sentence E follows B by elaborating on what being a 'regular' meant: he visited the site every day to post photos and status updates.
  • Sentence C is the penultimate sentence as it introduces the turning point—the Timeline feature—which caused him to rethink his presence on the platform.
  • Sentence F is the concluding sentence (fixed), which provides the youngster's direct quote explaining his discomfort with the privacy implications of the Timeline feature mentioned in C.
  • The correct logical sequence for the jumbled sentences is DBEC.

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

A youngster quit Facebook in December after spending over three years on the social networking site. With that one act, he bid a silent adieu to more than 300 contacts that he had added to his account during the period. Like almost everyone from his 'friend's circle,' the 20-year-old was a regular on the site. He visited it every day to post photos and status updates. Last week a new feature on Facebook called Timeline forced him to reconsider the pros and cons of being on the networking site. 'Everyone has some skeletons in their closet and I am just not comfortable with Facebook digging up and displaying all the facets of my life on a bulletin board,' said the youngster.

189

Sentences of a paragraph are given below. While the first and the last sentences (A and F) are in the correct order, the sentences in between are jumbled up. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. There are about eighty houses in the village, which is the seat of two district governors who administer thirty villages.
B. We were told that we were the first Europeans who had ever come to Kyirong, and the inhabitants watched our entry with astonishment.
C. This time we were quartered in the house of a farmer, which reminded me of our Tyrolese houses.
D. The only difference was that instead of chimneys, the roofs of the houses were decorated with prayer flags.
E. As a matter of fact, the whole of the village might have been transplanted from the Alps.
F. These were always in the five colours, which represented different aspects of life in Tibet.

  1. ((a))

    BDEC

  2. ((b))

    CBED

  3. ((c))

    ECDB

  4. ((d))

    BCED

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

BCED

The correct answer is Option 4.

Key Points

  • The paragraph provides a descriptive account of an arrival in the village of Kyirong, comparing its architecture to European styles.
  • Sentence A is fixed as the first sentence, introducing the village, its size (eighty houses), and its administrative importance as the seat of two district governors.
  • Sentence B follows as it introduces the narrators (Europeans) entering the village and the reaction of the local inhabitants, establishing the context of their arrival.
  • Sentence C is the third sentence as it narrows the focus from the village in general to the specific farmer house where the narrators were stayed (quartered), noting its resemblance to Tyrolese houses.
  • Sentence E follows as it expands on the architectural comparison mentioned in sentence C, stating that the entire village looked like it was from the Alps.
  • Sentence D is the fifth sentence because it identifies the only difference between these Alpine-looking houses and the ones in Kyirong: the presence of prayer flags instead of chimneys.
  • Sentence F is fixed as the last sentence, providing specific details about the five colours of those prayer flags and their significance in Tibet.
  • The correct sequence is ABCEDF, making the jumbled part BCED.

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

There are about eighty houses in the village, which is the seat of two district governors who administer thirty villages. We were told that we were the first Europeans who had ever come to Kyirong, and the inhabitants watched our entry with astonishment. This time we were quartered in the house of a farmer, which reminded me of our Tyrolese houses. As a matter of fact, the whole of the village might have been transplanted from the Alps. The only difference was that instead of chimneys, the roofs of the houses were decorated with prayer flags. These were always in the five colours, which represented different aspects of life in Tibet.

190

Sentences of a paragraph are given below in jumbled order. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. "Who goes there?" shouted the Hodja.
B. One night, Hodja Nasreddin awoke, thinking he had heard a strange noise outside his window.
C. Hearing no reply, Nasreddin reached for his bow, set an arrow to the string, took aim and shot in the direction of the mysterious figure.
D. Looking out, he saw a suspicious white figure.

  1. ((a))

    CBAD

  2. ((b))

    BCAD

  3. ((c))

    BDAC

  4. ((d))

    ACDB

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

BDAC

The correct answer is Option 3.

Key Points

  • The paragraph follows a chronological sequence of events occurring during a single night.
  • Sentence B is the first sentence as it introduces the setting and the initial inciting incident:
  • One night, Hodja Nasreddin awoke, thinking he had heard a strange noise outside his window.
  • Sentence D follows as it describes the protagonist's immediate reaction to the noise and what he observed:
  • Looking out, he saw a suspicious white figure.
  • Sentence A is the third sentence because it shows the character interacting with the figure he just spotted:
  • 'Who goes there?' shouted the Hodja.
  • Sentence C is the final sentence as it concludes the sequence of actions after receiving no response to his shout:
  • Hearing no reply, Nasreddin reached for his bow, set an arrow to the string, took aim and shot in the direction of the mysterious figure.
  • The correct logical sequence is BDAC.

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

One night, Hodja Nasreddin awoke, thinking he had heard a strange noise outside his window. Looking out, he saw a suspicious white figure. 'Who goes there?' shouted the Hodja. Hearing no reply, Nasreddin reached for his bow, set an arrow to the string, took aim and shot in the direction of the mysterious figure.

191

Sentences of a paragraph are given below. While the first and the last sentences (A and F) are in the correct order, the sentences in between are jumbled up. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. Some twelve or fifteen years ago there lived in his own house in the main street of the town a certain official by the name of Gromov, a steady well-to-do man.
B. Sergei, after completing three years of study at the University, contracted galloping consumption and died and this death was the beginning of a series of disasters which overtook the Gromov family.
C. He had two sons: Sergei and Ivan.
D. His house and property were sold at auction, and Ivan Dmitrich and his mother were left without any means of support.
E. A week after Sergei's funeral the old man was sued for forgery and embezzlement, and died soon after of typhus in the prison hospital.
F. While his father was alive Ivan Dmitrich lived in Petersburg, studying at the University, and receiving 60 or 70 roubles from home every month.

  1. ((a))

    BDEC

  2. ((b))

    ECDB

  3. ((c))

    CBDE

  4. ((d))

    CBED

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

CBED

The correct answer is Option 4.

Key Points

  • The paragraph follows a chronological narrative about the downfall of the Gromov family, starting from a stable position to a state of total loss.
  • Sentence A is fixed as the first sentence: It introduces the patriarch of the family, Gromov, a steady and well-to-do official living in the town.
  • Sentence C follows A: Since Sentence A introduces the man, Sentence C logically introduces his family members, specifically his two sons, Sergei and Ivan.
  • Sentence B follows C: It begins the chronological sequence of tragic events by describing the death of the first son, Sergei, due to galloping consumption. This is explicitly mentioned as the beginning of a series of disasters.
  • Sentence E follows B: It continues the timeline by stating what happened a week after Sergei's funeral. The father was sued for forgery and embezzlement and died in prison.
  • Sentence D is the final part of the jumbled sequence: It describes the aftermath of the father's death—the auctioning of the property and Ivan and his mother being left destitute.
  • Sentence F is fixed as the last sentence: It provides a contrast to the current poverty by reflecting on the financial support Ivan used to receive while his father was still alive.
  • The correct logical sequence is CBED.

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

Some twelve or fifteen years ago there lived in his own house in the main street of the town a certain official by the name of Gromov, a steady well-to-do man. He had two sons: Sergei and Ivan. Sergei, after completing three years of study at the University, contracted galloping consumption and died and this death was the beginning of a series of disasters which overtook the Gromov family. A week after Sergei's funeral the old man was sued for forgery and embezzlement, and died soon after of typhus in the prison hospital. His house and property were sold at auction, and Ivan Dmitrich and his mother were left without any means of support. While his father was alive Ivan Dmitrich lived in Petersburg, studying at the University, and receiving 60 or 70 roubles from home every month.

192

Sentences of a paragraph are given below. While the first and the last sentences (A and F) are in the correct order, the sentences in between are jumbled up. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. Soon, we were treated like members of the family.
B. Once she invited us to come into her room and look at her jewels.
C. Mrs. Thangme talked over her problems with us and was delighted when we paid her compliments on her good looks and good taste.
D. Her treasures were worth looking at.
E. These she kept in a great chest in which her treasures were stored either in small jewel cases or in fine silk wrappings.
F. She had a glorious tiara of corals, turquoise and pearls and many rings as well as diamond earrings and some little Tibetan amulet lockets, which are hung round the neck by a coral chain.

  1. ((a))

    BDEC

  2. ((b))

    CDBE

  3. ((c))

    CBED

  4. ((d))

    ECDB

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

CBED

The correct answer is Option 3.

Key Points

  • The paragraph describes the growing intimacy and interaction between the narrators and Mrs. Thangme, focusing on her personal belongings.
  • Sentence A is fixed as the first sentence, stating that the narrators were treated like family members.
  • Sentence C follows A because it elaborates on the nature of this family-like relationship, mentioning how she talked over her problems and appreciated their compliments.
  • Sentence B follows C as it moves the interaction to a more private setting, where she invited them into her room to see her jewels.
  • Sentence E follows B because it describes the great chest where those jewels (referred to as these) were kept, explaining the storage in cases or silk wrappings.
  • Sentence D follows E as a concluding observation on the collection, stating that the treasures were indeed worth looking at.
  • Sentence F is fixed as the last sentence, providing a detailed description of the specific treasures mentioned in D (tiara, rings, earrings, and amulets).
  • The correct logical sequence is CBED.

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

Soon, we were treated like members of the family. Mrs. Thangme talked over her problems with us and was delighted when we paid her compliments on her good looks and good taste. Once she invited us to come into her room and look at her jewels. These she kept in a great chest in which her treasures were stored either in small jewel cases or in fine silk wrappings. Her treasures were worth looking at. She had a glorious tiara of corals, turquoise and pearls and many rings as well as diamond earrings and some little Tibetan amulet lockets, which are hung round the neck by a coral chain.

193

Sentences of a paragraph are given below in jumbled order. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. Leo Tolstoy, a great Russian novelist, was born in the village of Yasnaya Polyana in Russian Empire, on 9 September 1828.
B. His mother died before Tolstoy turned two, and his father died in 1837.
C. His parents, Count Nikolay Ilich Tolstoy and Princess Mariya Nikolayevna Volkonskaya, came from distinguished families of the Russian nobility.
D. After his grandmother and an aunt died, Tolstoy and his four siblings were raised by another aunt in western Russia.

  1. ((a))

    ADBC

  2. ((b))

    CDBA

  3. ((c))

    BDAC

  4. ((d))

    ACBD

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

ACBD

The correct answer is Option 4.

Key Points

  • The paragraph follows a chronological and biographical sequence regarding the early life of the famous writer Leo Tolstoy.
  • Sentence A is the first sentence as it introduces the subject, Leo Tolstoy, providing his full identity, occupation, and the date and place of his birth (9 September 1828).
  • Sentence C follows as it provides immediate genealogical background, identifying his parents, Count Nikolay Ilich Tolstoy and Princess Mariya Nikolayevna Volkonskaya, and their social status.
  • Sentence B is the third sentence as it transitions into the tragic events of his early childhood, specifically the deaths of his mother and father in 1837.
  • Sentence D is the fourth sentence as it concludes the sequence by explaining who took over the care of Tolstoy and his four siblings after the further deaths of his grandmother and an aunt.
  • The correct sequence is ACBD.

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

Leo Tolstoy, a great Russian novelist, was born in the village of Yasnaya Polyana in Russian Empire, on 9 September 1828. His parents, Count Nikolay Ilich Tolstoy and Princess Mariya Nikolayevna Volkonskaya, came from distinguished families of the Russian nobility. His mother died before Tolstoy turned two, and his father died in 1837. After his grandmother and an aunt died, Tolstoy and his four siblings were raised by another aunt in western Russia.

194

Sentences of a paragraph are given below. While the first and the last sentences (A and F) are in the correct order, the sentences in between are jumbled up. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. When I had a house in Sri Lanka, my parents came out one winter to see me.
B. Originally, I had felt some qualms about encouraging their visit.
C. Any one of several things – the constant heat, the unaccustomed food and drinking water, even the presence of a leprosy clinic a quarter of a mile from the house – might easily have an adverse effect on them in one way or another.
D. They claimed not to mind the lack of running water in the bathrooms and regularly praised the curries prepared by Appuhamy, the resident cook.
E. But I had underestimated their resilience; they made a greater show of adaptability than I had thought possible and seemed entirely content with everything.
F. Both of them being in their seventies, they were not tempted by the more distant or inaccessible points of interest.

  1. ((a))

    CBED

  2. ((b))

    BCED

  3. ((c))

    BDEC

  4. ((d))

    ECDB

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

BCED

The correct answer is Option 2.

Key Points

  • The paragraph follows a chronological and logical progression regarding the narrator's parents visiting Sri Lanka.
  • Sentence A is fixed as the first sentence, introducing the visit of the parents during winter.
  • Sentence B follows A because it introduces the narrator's initial feelings or hesitation (qualms) about the visit, which is a natural thematic progression from the mention of the visit itself.
  • Sentence C follows B as it elaborates on those specific qualms or worries, listing potential issues like heat, food, water, and the leprosy clinic.
  • Sentence E follows C by providing a contrast to the narrator's worries. The word But signals a shift, stating that the narrator had underestimated the parents' resilience and adaptability.
  • Sentence D follows E by providing specific evidence of that adaptability, mentioning how they did not mind the lack of running water and enjoyed the curries prepared by the cook, Appuhamy.
  • Sentence F is fixed as the last sentence, concluding with a detail about their age (seventies) and their limited interest in distant travel.
  • The logical sequence of the jumbled sentences is BCED.

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

When I had a house in Sri Lanka, my parents came out one winter to see me. Originally, I had felt some qualms about encouraging their visit. Any one of several things – the constant heat, the unaccustomed food and drinking water, even the presence of a leprosy clinic a quarter of a mile from the house – might easily have an adverse effect on them in one way or another. But I had underestimated their resilience; they made a greater show of adaptability than I had thought possible and seemed entirely content with everything. They claimed not to mind the lack of running water in the bathrooms and regularly praised the curries prepared by Appuhamy, the resident cook. Both of them being in their seventies, they were not tempted by the more distant or inaccessible points of interest.

195

Sentences of a paragraph are given below. While the first and the last sentences (A and F) are in the correct order, the sentences in between are jumbled up. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. Swaminathan and Mani were nervously walking up the short drive leading to Rajam's house.
B. A policeman in uniform cried to them to stop and came running towards them.
C. The policeman asked what they were doing there.
D. Swaminathan felt like turning and fleeing on seeing him.
E. He appealed to Mani to speak to the policeman.
F. Mani replied in a tone in which overdone carelessness was a trifle obvious: If Rajam is in the house, we are here to see him.

  1. ((a))

    CBED

  2. ((b))

    ECDB

  3. ((c))

    BDEC

  4. ((d))

    BCED

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

BDEC

The correct answer is Option 3.

Key Points

  • The paragraph follows a chronological sequence of events involving two friends, Swaminathan and Mani, as they visit their friend Rajam.
  • Sentence A is fixed as the first sentence, establishing the setting: the two characters are walking up the drive to Rajam's house.
  • Sentence B follows as the immediate next action. As they are walking, they are suddenly interrupted by a policeman who commands them to stop and approaches them.
  • Sentence D is the third sentence as it describes Swaminathan's internal reaction to the policeman's presence. Feeling intimidated by the uniform, he considers running away (fleeing).
  • Sentence E follows because it continues the interaction between the two friends. Since Swaminathan is scared, he appeals to Mani to take the lead and talk to the policeman.
  • Sentence C is the fifth sentence as it transitions from their internal fear to the actual dialogue. The policeman finally reaches them and asks for their purpose (what they were doing there).
  • Sentence F is fixed as the final sentence, providing Mani's defensive and casual response to the policeman's question.
  • The correct logical sequence is BDEC.

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

Swaminathan and Mani were nervously walking up the short drive leading to Rajam's house. A policeman in uniform cried to them to stop and came running towards them. Swaminathan felt like turning and fleeing on seeing him. He appealed to Mani to speak to the policeman. The policeman asked what they were doing there. Mani replied in a tone in which overdone carelessness was a trifle obvious: If Rajam is in the house, we are here to see him.

196

Sentences of a paragraph are given below in jumbled order. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. He usually spent such an interval in running round the school or in playing the Digging Game under the huge Tamarind tree.
B. But to-day he sat apart sunk in thought.
C. Next day, Swaminathan was at school early.
D. There was still half an hour before the bell.

  1. ((a))

    BDAC

  2. ((b))

    ACBD

  3. ((c))

    CDAB

  4. ((d))

    CABD

Show Answer
Answer: ((c))

CDAB

The correct answer is Option 3.

Key Points

  • The paragraph follows a chronological narrative about a character named Swaminathan at school.
  • Sentence C is the first sentence as it introduces the subject and the setting:
  • Next day, Swaminathan was at school early.
  • Sentence D follows by providing context regarding the timing of his arrival, explaining what 'early' meant in this situation:
  • There was still half an hour before the bell.
  • Sentence A is the third sentence as it describes Swaminathan’s habitual behavior during such free intervals:
  • He usually spent such an interval in running round the school or in playing the Digging Game under the huge Tamarind tree.
  • Sentence B is the fourth sentence as it uses the conjunction 'But' to show a contrast between his usual habits and his unusual behavior on this specific day:
  • But to-day he sat apart sunk in thought.
  • The correct sequence is CDAB.

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

Next day, Swaminathan was at school early. There was still half an hour before the bell. He usually spent such an interval in running round the school or in playing the Digging Game under the huge Tamarind tree. But to-day he sat apart sunk in thought.

197

Sentences of a paragraph are given below. While the first and the last sentences (A and F) are in the correct order, the sentences in between are jumbled up. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. Colombo, where all the people I knew lived, was less than a hundred miles away from my place.
B. These weekends in the city were hot and exhausting, and my parents were always happy to get back to the house, where they could change into comfortable clothing.
C. One Sunday not long before they were due to return to America, we decided to take in the horse races at Gintota, where there are also some botanical gardens that Mother wanted to see.
D. There we had tea on the wide verandas of certain houses in Cinnamon Gardens, and sat at dinners with professors from the university, Protestant ministers, and assorted members of the government.
E. Several times me and my parents (who had come from America to visit me) went up for weekends, which I arranged with friends by telephone beforehand.
F. I engaged rooms at the New Oriental in Galle and we had lunch there before setting out to see the botanical gardens.

  1. ((a))

    CBDE

  2. ((b))

    ECDB

  3. ((c))

    BDEC

  4. ((d))

    EDBC

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

EDBC

The correct answer is Option 4.

Key Points

  • The paragraph starts with Sentence A, which establishes the narrator's location and the proximity of Colombo, setting the stage for travel.
  • Sentence E follows A because it introduces the action taken based on that proximity—making arrangements via telephone for weekend trips to the city with parents visiting from America.
  • Sentence D follows E as it describes the specific activities during those weekend trips in Colombo, such as having tea in Cinnamon Gardens and dining with local dignitaries and professors.
  • Sentence B follows D because it provides a concluding observation about those weekends, describing them as hot and exhausting and mentioning the relief the parents felt upon returning to their more comfortable home environment.
  • Sentence C follows B as it introduces a specific event (the horse races at Gintota) occurring on a particular Sunday toward the end of the parents' visit, shifting the narrative focus from general routine to a specific final outing.
  • The paragraph concludes with Sentence F, detailing the immediate logistical steps taken for that specific trip to Gintota, such as booking rooms at the New Oriental in Galle.
  • The logical flow of the narrative is: Location (A) → General Travel Plans (E) → Specific City Activities (D) → Feeling after the trips (B) → Planning a final specific trip (C) → Execution of the final trip (F).
  • The correct sequence is EDBC.

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

Colombo, where all the people I knew lived, was less than a hundred miles away from my place. Several times me and my parents (who had come from America to visit me) went up for weekends, which I arranged with friends by telephone beforehand. There we had tea on the wide verandas of certain houses in Cinnamon Gardens, and sat at dinners with professors from the university, Protestant ministers, and assorted members of the government. These weekends in the city were hot and exhausting, and my parents were always happy to get back to the house, where they could change into comfortable clothing. One Sunday not long before they were due to return to America, we decided to take in the horse races at Gintota, where there are also some botanical gardens that Mother wanted to see. I engaged rooms at the New Oriental in Galle and we had lunch there before setting out to see the botanical gardens.

198

Sentences of a paragraph are given below in jumbled order. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. "I'll forget it for sure," said the Hodja, "Write it on a piece of paper for me."
B. Hodja Nasruddin purchased a piece of meat at the market, and on his way home he met a friend.
C The friend obliged him, and the Hodja continued on his way, the piece of meat in one hand and the recipe in the other.
D. Seeing the Hodja's purchase, the friend told him an excellent recipe for stew.

  1. ((a))

    BDAC

  2. ((b))

    BCAD

  3. ((c))

    ACDB

  4. ((d))

    CBAD

Show Answer
Answer: ((a))

BDAC

The correct answer is Option 1.

Key Points

  • The paragraph follows a chronological narrative about Hodja Nasruddin and a culinary interaction with a friend.
  • Sentence B is the first sentence as it introduces the protagonist and the primary setting:
  • Hodja Nasruddin purchased a piece of meat at the market, and on his way home he met a friend.
  • Sentence D follows because it describes the interaction between Hodja and his friend regarding the purchase:
  • Seeing the Hodja's purchase, the friend told him an excellent recipe for stew.
  • Sentence A is the third sentence as it provides Hodja's reaction to the oral recipe, expressing his need for a written version:
  • 'I'll forget it for sure,' said the Hodja, 'Write it on a piece of paper for me.'
  • Sentence C is the fourth as it concludes the sequence by showing the friend's response and Hodja continuing his journey:
  • The friend obliged him, and the Hodja continued on his way, the piece of meat in one hand and the recipe in the other.
  • The correct sequence is BDAC.

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

Hodja Nasruddin purchased a piece of meat at the market, and on his way home he met a friend. Seeing the Hodja's purchase, the friend told him an excellent recipe for stew. 'I'll forget it for sure,' said the Hodja, 'Write it on a piece of paper for me.' The friend obliged him, and the Hodja continued on his way, the piece of meat in one hand and the recipe in the other.

199

Sentences of a paragraph are given below. While the first and the last sentences (A and F) are in the correct order, the sentences in between are jumbled up. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. In 1928, Salim Ali went to Germany and trained under Professor Erwin Streseman at the Zoological Museum of Berlin.
B. Then, suddenly one day the female arrives and takes possession of a husband and the half-finished home!
C. Here, he studied the breeding biology of baya birds which won him recognition as a world class ornithologist.
D. He found that it is the male baya which builds the nest.
E. In 1930, finding no suitable employment he moved to Kihim a coastal village near Mumbai.
F. He found that the thousands of baby bayas were fed on soft bodied insects as the young are incapable of digesting hard grain.

  1. ((a))

    CBDE

  2. ((b))

    ECDB

  3. ((c))

    EDBC

  4. ((d))

    BDEC

Show Answer
Answer: ((b))

ECDB

The correct answer is Option 2.

Key Points

  • The paragraph follows a chronological and thematic sequence regarding the life and research of the famous ornithologist Salim Ali.
  • Sentence A is the first sentence (fixed), establishing the timeline in 1928 when he went to Germany to train under Professor Erwin Streseman.
  • Sentence E follows A because it continues the chronological timeline to 1930. After his training, he found no employment and moved to Kihim, a coastal village near Mumbai.
  • Sentence C follows E as it introduces the specific subject of his study during his time in Kihim: the breeding biology of baya birds, which brought him international fame.
  • Sentence D follows C because it provides the first specific observation from his study of the baya birds, noting that the male baya is the one responsible for building the nest.
  • Sentence B follows D as it describes the next step in the breeding process: once the nest is partially built, the female arrives to take possession of the home and the mate.
  • Sentence F is the last sentence (fixed), concluding the observations by explaining how the baby bayas are fed.
  • The correct logical and chronological sequence is A-E-C-D-B-F. The jumbled part is ECDB.

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

In 1928, Salim Ali went to Germany and trained under Professor Erwin Streseman at the Zoological Museum of Berlin. In 1930, finding no suitable employment he moved to Kihim a coastal village near Mumbai. Here, he studied the breeding biology of baya birds which won him recognition as a world class ornithologist. He found that it is the male baya which builds the nest. Then, suddenly one day the female arrives and takes possession of a husband and the half-finished home! He found that the thousands of baby bayas were fed on soft bodied insects as the young are incapable of digesting hard grain.

200

Sentences of a paragraph are given below in jumbled order. Arrange the sentences in the correct order to form a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. He reflected for a while, dipped the pen in ink, and wrote the address: To Grandfather in the Village.
B. Then he scratched his head and thought for a while, and added the words: Konstantin Makarich.
C. Vanka twice folded the sheet of paper and then he put it in an envelope bought the previous day for a kopeck.
D. Pleased because no one interrupted him when he was writing, he threw on his cap, and without troubling to put on a coat, he ran out into the street in his shirt sleeves.

  1. ((a))

    BDAC

  2. ((b))

    ACBD

  3. ((c))

    CDBA

  4. ((d))

    CABD

Show Answer
Answer: ((d))

CABD

The correct answer is Option 4.

Key Points

  • The paragraph describes the final steps taken by a boy named Vanka as he finishes writing a letter and prepares to mail it.
  • Sentence C is the first sentence as it establishes the initial action of finishing the physical letter:
  • Vanka twice folded the sheet of paper and then he put it in an envelope bought the previous day for a kopeck.
  • Sentence A follows because once the letter is in the envelope, he must address it. It shows his initial thought process for the destination:
  • He reflected for a while, dipped the pen in ink, and wrote the address: To Grandfather in the Village.
  • Sentence B is the third sentence as it continues the addressing process, adding more specific detail (the name) after further thought:
  • Then he scratched his head and thought for a while, and added the words: Konstantin Makarich.
  • Sentence D is the fourth sentence as it concludes the sequence with the boy's reaction and his rush to the street to mail the completed letter:
  • Pleased because no one interrupted him when he was writing, he threw on his cap, and without troubling to put on a coat, he ran out into the street in his shirt sleeves.
  • The correct sequence is CABD.

Coherent paragraph after rearrangement:

Vanka twice folded the sheet of paper and then he put it in an envelope bought the previous day for a kopeck. He reflected for a while, dipped the pen in ink, and wrote the address: To Grandfather in the Village. Then he scratched his head and thought for a while, and added the words: Konstantin Makarich. Pleased because no one interrupted him when he was writing, he threw on his cap, and without troubling to put on a coat, he ran out into the street in his shirt sleeves.

Attempt this paper under real exam conditions

Timed interface, section switching, instant scoring, and question-by-question analytics — free.

Start Timed Attempt